WO2019144345A1 - Data transmission method and related apparatus - Google Patents
Data transmission method and related apparatus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2019144345A1 WO2019144345A1 PCT/CN2018/074155 CN2018074155W WO2019144345A1 WO 2019144345 A1 WO2019144345 A1 WO 2019144345A1 CN 2018074155 W CN2018074155 W CN 2018074155W WO 2019144345 A1 WO2019144345 A1 WO 2019144345A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- search space
- max
- subframe
- downlink control
- repetitions
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W4/00—Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
Definitions
- the present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a data transmission method and related apparatus.
- a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) technology is introduced in the machine type communication (MTC), that is, the base station configures the user equipment (UE) to be the same.
- the data is repeatedly transmitted several times, and the base station performs combined reception detection.
- the base station passes the physical downlink control channel (MPDCCH) through the machine type communication.
- DCI Downlink control information
- DCI Downlink control information carried in the DCI feeds back to the UE whether the uplink data is correctly received. That is to say, the UE repeatedly transmits data repeatedly until the number of repetitions of the base station configuration is reached. This wastes both the spectrum resources and the power consumption of the UE.
- the network device configures the number of repeated transmissions of the UE to be 1024 times, if the base station correctly demodulates the data transmitted after receiving the first 256 transmissions of the UE, the subsequent 748 transmissions of the UE are actually uplink transmission resources and Waste of UE battery energy.
- the prior art introduces a feedback mechanism for the uplink data of the UE, so that in the above case, the network device can terminate the uplink data transmission of the UE in advance.
- the MPDCCH carries a DCI, and carries an acknowledgement (ACK) to the UE, instructing the UE to end the repeated transmission.
- the DCI that schedules repeated transmissions and the DCI that carries the ACK indication may be that the UE searches in a UE-specific search space (USS).
- USS UE-specific search space
- the number of repetitions of a UE on a physical uplink shared channel varies widely, and can change very dynamically.
- the previous DCI indicates that the number of PUSCH repetitions is 64, and the next DCI indicates the PUSCH.
- the number of repetitions is 2048. If the configured USS has a large interval in the time domain, as shown in Figure 1, the UE acquires DCI that schedules PUSCH repeated transmission 64 times in USS1, and the UE starts to transmit uplink data 64 times repeatedly, then at 64.
- the UE After the secondary transmission is completed, the UE detects the feedback DCI at the next USS (that is, USS2), and cannot end the repetition in advance, which still causes waste of resources; if the configured USS has a small interval in the time domain, as shown in Figure 2 In the USS1, the UE acquires DCI that schedules repeated transmissions of 2048 times, and the UE starts to transmit data 2048 times repeatedly. A large number of USSs will appear before the end of the repetition. In order to search for possible feedback DCI, the UE searches all the USSs. Detecting whether there is feedback DCI, which will cause the UE to perform blind detection frequently, and increase unnecessary energy consumption of the UE.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method and related apparatus for saving resources.
- the first aspect of the present application provides a data transmission method, where the method includes: receiving, by a terminal device, a first downlink control information, where the network device sends a first uplink data transmission, where the first downlink is The control information includes information about the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel.
- the terminal device After receiving the first downlink control information, the terminal device determines the first search space according to the repetition number information of the physical uplink shared channel in the first downlink control information, and then determines the first search space.
- a second downlink control information for feeding back the first uplink data and/or scheduling the second uplink data transmission is detected in a search space.
- repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel in the implementation manner may also be information about the repetition times of other similar uplink channels.
- the search space may change dynamically as the number of repetitions information changes, that is, the network device may dynamically configure the search space to adapt to the dynamic change of the repetition number information, so that when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition may be terminated early.
- the network device may dynamically configure the search space to adapt to the dynamic change of the repetition number information, so that when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition may be terminated early.
- the UE can avoid frequent blind detection and save resources.
- the repetition quantity information of the PUSCH indicates the number of repetitions of the PUSCH, that is, the number of times the terminal device repeatedly transmits the first uplink data
- the terminal device may determine the first search space according to the ratio of the number of repetitions indicated by the repetition number information of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max ⁇ G, where r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by the RRC signaling, and G is The parameter of RRC signaling configuration, G is greater than or equal to 1.
- the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel can be understood as the maximum number of repeated transmissions of MPDCCH in one search space.
- the implementation provides a method for determining the implementation of the first search space, and improves the achievability of the solution.
- r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by the RRC signaling, and the r max is also the duration of the first search space, according to the initial subframe corresponding to the first search space and The first search space can determine the first search space for the duration of the search.
- the implementation provides a method for determining the implementation of the first search space, and improves the achievability of the solution.
- the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame
- T r max ⁇ G
- ⁇ offset 0
- ⁇ offset ⁇ 0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n ⁇ , where n ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ u i ⁇ 1, i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to n.
- r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by the RRC signaling, and the r max is also the duration of the first search space, according to the initial subframe corresponding to the first search space and The first search space can determine the first search space for the duration of the search.
- the implementation provides a method for determining the implementation of the first search space, and improves the achievability of the solution.
- the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame
- T r max ⁇ G
- the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located
- n is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame
- T r max ⁇ G
- ⁇ offset 0
- ⁇ offset 0
- ⁇ offset 0
- ⁇ offset 0
- ⁇ offset ⁇ 0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n ⁇ , where n ⁇ 1 , 0 ⁇ u i
- the first search space does not include the second The portion of the search space that overlaps in the time domain.
- This implementation provides another way to determine the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
- the second aspect of the present application provides a data transmission method, the method includes: receiving, by a terminal device, a first DCI sent by a network device for scheduling a first uplink data transmission, where the first DCI includes search space indication information, and the terminal device is configured according to The search space indication information determines a first search space, and then detects a second DCI for feeding back the first uplink data and/or scheduling the second uplink data transmission in the first search space.
- the network device can dynamically indicate the search space, so that the dynamic change of the repetition number information can be adapted.
- the repetition is terminated in advance to avoid waste of resources; when the number of repetitions is relatively large, the UE is avoided. Frequent blind detection saves resources.
- determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information may be: determining, by the terminal, the plurality of search spaces according to the search space indication information.
- a search space is the first search space.
- the multiple search spaces mentioned in this implementation manner are search spaces determined by the terminal device according to RRC signaling, that is, search spaces configured by the network device through RRC signaling.
- the implementation provides a specific manner for determining the first search space according to the search space indication information, and improves the achievability of the solution.
- the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information may be: the terminal device determines multiple search spaces according to the search space indication information. At least one of the search spaces, the search space obtained by the combination of the determined search spaces, that is, the first search space, that is, the time domain position corresponding to the first search space is each of the plurality of search spaces indicated by the search space indication information The frequency domain position of the first search space at a certain time is determined by the frequency domain position corresponding to at least one of the plurality of search spaces corresponding to the time.
- the multiple search spaces mentioned in this implementation manner are search spaces determined by the terminal device according to RRC signaling, that is, search spaces configured by the network device through RRC signaling.
- This implementation provides another specific manner of determining the first search space according to the search space indication information, and improves the flexibility of the solution.
- the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information may be: the terminal device determines the first parameter G according to the search space indication information. The value of the first search space is determined according to the value of G.
- This implementation provides another specific manner of determining the first search space according to the search space indication information, and improves the flexibility of the solution.
- the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information may be: the terminal device determines the second parameter ⁇ according to the search space indication information. Determining a set of values of the offset , and determining a first search space according to the set of values.
- the first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values, and a search space corresponding to each value
- This implementation provides another specific manner of determining the first search space according to the search space indication information, and improves the flexibility of the solution.
- the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information may be: the terminal device determines the third parameter r according to the search space indication information.
- the value of max is further determined according to the value of r max .
- This implementation provides another specific manner of determining the first search space according to the search space indication information, and improves the flexibility of the solution.
- the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information may be: the terminal device determines the first parameter G according to the search space indication information.
- the first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values of the ⁇ offset
- This implementation provides another specific manner of determining the first search space according to the search space indication information, and improves the flexibility of the solution.
- the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information may be: the terminal device determines the first parameter G according to the search space indication information.
- the value of the third parameter r max is determined by the value of G and the value of r max .
- This implementation provides another specific manner of determining the first search space according to the search space indication information, and improves the flexibility of the solution.
- the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information may be: the terminal device determines the second parameter ⁇ according to the search space indication information. Determining the value set of the offset and the value of the third parameter r max , and determining the first search space according to the value set of the ⁇ offset and the value of the r max .
- the first search space includes each of the set of values of the ⁇ offset
- This implementation provides another specific manner of determining the first search space according to the search space indication information, and improves the flexibility of the solution.
- the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information may be: the terminal device determines the first parameter G according to the search space indication information.
- the value of the second parameter ⁇ offset and the value of the third parameter r max and then determine the first search space according to the value of G, the value set of ⁇ offset and the value of r max , specifically, the first search
- This implementation provides another specific manner of determining the first search space according to the search space indication information, and improves the flexibility of the solution.
- the third aspect of the present application provides a data transmission method, the method includes: the network device sends, to the terminal device, a first DCI for scheduling a first uplink data transmission, where the first DCI includes a repetition quantity information of the PUSCH, and then the network device Sending in the first search space for feeding back the first uplink data and/or scheduling the second uplink data transmission.
- the first search space corresponds to the repetition number information of the PUSCH, and the network device needs to determine the first search space before sending the second DCI, specifically before sending the first DCI, or After sending the first DCI.
- the repetition number information of the PUSCH in this implementation manner may also be information about the repetition times of other similar uplink channels.
- the search space may change dynamically as the number of repetitions information changes, that is, the network device may dynamically configure the search space to adapt to the dynamic change of the repetition number information, so that when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition may be terminated early.
- the network device may dynamically configure the search space to adapt to the dynamic change of the repetition number information, so that when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition may be terminated early.
- the UE can avoid frequent blind detection and save resources.
- the repetition quantity information of the PUSCH indicates the number of repetitions of the PUSCH
- the correspondence between the first search space and the repetition number information of the PUSCH specifically refers to the first search.
- the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel can be understood as the maximum number of times the physical downlink control channel is repeatedly transmitted in one search space.
- the starting subframe of the first search space determined by the network device is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame
- r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by the RRC signaling, and the r max is also the duration of the first search space, according to the initial subframe corresponding to the first search space and The first search space can determine the first search space for the duration of the search.
- the implementation provides a method for determining the implementation of the first search space, and improves the achievability of the solution.
- the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame
- T r max ⁇ G
- ⁇ offset 0
- ⁇ offset ⁇ 0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n ⁇ , where n ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ u i ⁇ 1, i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to n.
- r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by the RRC signaling, and the r max is also the duration of the first search space, according to the initial subframe corresponding to the first search space and The first search space can determine the first search space for the duration of the search.
- the implementation provides a method for determining the implementation of the first search space, and improves the achievability of the solution.
- the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame
- T r max ⁇ G
- the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located
- n is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame
- T r max ⁇ G
- ⁇ offset 0
- ⁇ offset 0
- ⁇ offset 0
- the first search space does not include the second The portion of the search space that overlaps in the time domain.
- This implementation provides another way to determine the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
- a fourth aspect of the present application provides a data transmission method, where the method includes: the network device sends a first DCI for scheduling the first uplink data transmission to the terminal device, and then the network device sends the information in the first search space.
- the first uplink data performs feedback and/or schedules a second uplink data transmission, where the first downlink DCI includes search space indication information, and the search space indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the first search space.
- the network device needs to determine the first search space before sending the second DCI, and may be before sending the first DCI or after sending the first DCI.
- the network device can dynamically indicate the search space, so that the dynamic change of the repetition number information can be adapted.
- the repetition is terminated in advance to avoid waste of resources; when the number of repetitions is relatively large, the UE is avoided. Frequent blind detection saves resources.
- the search space indication information indicates that the terminal device determines one search space from the plurality of search spaces as the first search space, where the implementation manner is
- the multiple search spaces referred to refer to multiple search spaces configured by the network device through RRC signaling.
- This implementation provides a way to indicate the first search space, which improves the achievability of the solution.
- the search space indication information indicates that the terminal device determines at least one search space from the plurality of search spaces, and the determined search results of the at least one search space combination are obtained.
- the space is the first search space, that is, the time domain position corresponding to the first search space is obtained by superimposing the time domain position corresponding to each search space in the plurality of search spaces indicated by the search space indication information, and the first search space is The frequency domain location at a certain time is determined by the frequency domain location corresponding to at least one of the multiple search spaces corresponding to the time, wherein the multiple search spaces in the implementation manner refer to the network device passing the RRC letter. Make multiple search spaces configured.
- This implementation provides another way of indicating the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
- the search space indication information is used to indicate a value of the first parameter G, where a starting subframe of the first search space is a sub- frame:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame
- T r max ⁇ G
- r Max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured for RRC signaling
- ⁇ offset 0.
- This implementation provides another specific way of indicating the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
- the search space indication information is used to indicate a value set of the second parameter ⁇ offset , where the first search space includes each of the value sets.
- This implementation provides another specific way of indicating the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
- This implementation provides another specific way of indicating the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
- This implementation provides another specific way of indicating the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
- the search space indication information is used to indicate a value of the first parameter G and a value of the third parameter r max , the start of the first search space.
- This implementation provides another specific way of indicating the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
- the search space indication information is used to indicate a value set of the second parameter ⁇ offset and a value of the third parameter r max , the first search space.
- This implementation provides another specific way of indicating the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
- the search space indication information is used to indicate a value of the first parameter G, a value set of the second parameter ⁇ offset , and a third parameter r max
- This implementation provides another specific way of indicating the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
- a fifth aspect of the present application provides a communication device having a function of implementing the behavior of a terminal device in the above first aspect.
- This function can be implemented in hardware or in hardware by executing the corresponding software.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
- a sixth aspect of the present application provides a communication device having a function of implementing the behavior of a terminal device in the second aspect described above.
- This function can be implemented in hardware or in hardware by executing the corresponding software.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
- the seventh aspect of the present application provides a network device having a function of implementing the behavior of the network device in the foregoing third aspect.
- This function can be implemented in hardware or in hardware by executing the corresponding software.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
- the eighth aspect of the present application provides a network device, which has a function of implementing the behavior of the network device in the fourth aspect.
- This function can be implemented in hardware or in hardware by executing the corresponding software.
- the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
- a ninth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, where the network device includes: a processor, a memory;
- the processor is configured to execute the program, and specifically includes the process performed by the terminal device as in the first aspect or the second aspect.
- a tenth aspect of the present application provides a network device, where the network device includes: a processor, a memory;
- the processor is configured to execute the program, and specifically includes the process performed by the network device as described in the foregoing third aspect or fourth aspect.
- An eleventh aspect of the present application provides a computer storage medium comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform any of the methods of the first aspect to the second aspect described above.
- a twelfth aspect of the present application provides a computer storage medium comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform any of the methods of the third to fourth aspects above.
- a thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform any of the methods of the first aspect to the second aspect described above.
- a fourteenth aspect of the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform any of the methods of the third to fourth aspects above.
- the embodiments of the present application have the following advantages:
- the terminal device after receiving the first DCI sent by the network device, determines the first search space according to the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel in the first DCI, and then in the first search space Two DCIs are tested. That is, the terminal device in the present application may determine the search space according to the repetition number information of the uplink channel, that is, the search space in the present application may change according to the dynamic change of the repetition number information, that is, the network device may dynamically configure the search space to adapt to the repetition number information.
- the dynamic change so that when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition can be ended in advance to avoid waste of resources; when the number of repetitions is relatively large, the UE can avoid frequent blind detection and save resources.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a USS in the prior art
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission system in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 4 is a flowchart of an embodiment of a data transmission method in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a search space in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 6 is another schematic diagram of a search space in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 7 is a flowchart of another embodiment of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the system architecture applicable to the data transmission method in the present application is first introduced.
- the base station 301, the first terminal device 302, and the second terminal device 303 form a system 300.
- the first terminal device 302 and the second terminal device 303 can send uplink data to the base station 301, and the base station 301 needs to receive the uplink data sent by the first terminal device 302 and the second terminal device 303, and the uplink is sent in some manner. Whether the data correctly receives feedback to the first terminal device 302 and the second terminal device 303.
- the first terminal device 302 and the second terminal device 303 can also form a system 200, in which the first terminal device 302 can send uplink data to the second terminal device 303, and the second terminal device 303 needs to receive the first The uplink data sent by the terminal device 302 is fed back to the first terminal device 302 by using the uplink data in a certain manner.
- the data transmission method in the present application can also be applied to other systems, as long as the entity in the system needs to send uplink data, another entity needs to receive uplink data, and the uplink data is sent through some transmission method. Whether it is correctly received for feedback.
- GSM global system of mobile communication
- CDMA code division multiple access
- WCDMA Wideband code division multiple access
- GPRS general packet radio service
- LTE long term evolution
- FDD LTE frequency division duplex
- TDD LTE time division duplex
- UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
- WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
- the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application includes, but is not limited to, a mobile station (MS), a user equipment (UE), a mobile terminal, a mobile telephone, and a mobile phone.
- the terminal device can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (RAN), for example, the terminal device can be a mobile phone (or “cellular” "Telephone", a computer with wireless communication function, etc., the terminal device can also be a portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-integrated or in-vehicle mobile device.
- RAN radio access network
- the network device in the embodiment of the present application is an entity for transmitting or receiving a signal on the network side, and may be a base station or other device, where the base station may be a base transceiver station in GSM or CDMA.
- the BTS may also be a base station (nodeB) in WCDMA, or may be an evolved base station (evolved node B, eNB or e-NodeB) in LTE, or a base station in 5G and subsequent evolved communication systems.
- the example is not limited.
- the LTE system is taken as an example to introduce the scenario applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
- the LTE can support the machine type communication (MTC).
- MTC machine type communication
- the receiving bandwidth of the terminal device applied to the MTC may be smaller than the system bandwidth.
- the bandwidth occupied by the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) may be the entire system bandwidth. Therefore, the terminal device applied to the MTC may not be able to receive downlink control information (DCI) carried in the PDCCH. Therefore, in order to enable the terminal device applied to the MTC to correctly receive the DCI, the LTE system communicates through the machine type.
- the MTC physical downlink control channel (MPDCCH) carries the DCI.
- the network device may send feedback information to the terminal device, where the feedback information is carried in the DCI, for example, DCI format 6-0A or DCI format 6-0B, the feedback
- the information is used to indicate whether the uplink data of the network device for the terminal device is correctly received.
- NDI new data indicator
- NDI new data indicator
- the acknowledgment (ACK) or the negative acknowledgment (NACK) of the network device for receiving the uplink data of the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) can pass the NDI bit in the DCI carried by the MPDCCH. to fulfill.
- the network device may send the DCI to the UE, if the NDI bit included is reversed compared with the NDI bit in the DCI sent by the base station in the current HARQ process, indicating that the last transmission has been correctly received, the UE needs to send a new one. Upstream data; if the NDI bit does not reverse, it means that the last time the transmission was not received correctly, the UE needs to resend the data sent by the current HARQ process.
- ACK and NACK may also be fed back in other manners, for example, using 1 bit of ACK/NACK indication information in DCI format 6-0A or DCI format 6-0B to indicate ACK or NACK, or using some special fields in the DCI. ACK/NACK feedback.
- the UE detects that the MPDCCH for scheduling PUSCH transmission can be searched in a UE-specific search space (USS). Similar to the repeated transmission of the PUSCH, the MPDCCH can also be repeatedly transmitted.
- the length of one MPDCCH without repeat transmission is one subframe, and the maximum number of repetitions of one MPDCCH is equal to the time domain length of one USS.
- the starting subframe of the USS is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
- n f ' is the radio frame number of the radio frame where the start subframe of the USS is located
- n s ' is the time slot of the start subframe included in the radio frame.
- the slot number, T r max ⁇ G
- r max is the maximum number of repetitions of the MPDCCH, determined by the higher layer parameters
- each radio frame includes 10 subframes, each subframe includes 2 slots, and the slot number in one radio frame ranges from 0 to 19.
- the subframe may serve as the starting subframe of the USS.
- r max is the maximum number of repetitions of the MPDCCH, which can be understood as the maximum number of repeated transmissions of the MPDCCH in one search space. For all UEs in the same cell, the value of r max is the same, that is, r max is common to one cell. The value, its value can be 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128 or 256. It should be understood that, in some aspects, r max may also be the maximum number of repetitions of other similar channels, and the value of r max is not limited to the above several values.
- the value of G is greater than or equal to 1. Specifically, for a frequency division duplexing (FDD) mode, the value of G may be 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 4, 5, 8, or 10 for time division duplexing (TDD). For the mode, the value of G can be 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10 or 20.
- FDD frequency division duplexing
- TDD time division duplexing
- r max and G are determined by high-level parameters in the above solution, that is, the network device is configured by radio resource control (RRC) signaling, which is a semi-static configuration scheme, if it is to adapt to dynamics.
- RRC radio resource control
- the period and/or duration of the USS in the time domain can only be adjusted through RRC signaling.
- This semi-static configuration is less efficient and consumes more resources. Big.
- an embodiment of the data transmission method in the embodiment of the present application includes:
- the network device sends the first downlink control information to the terminal device.
- the network device When the network device schedules the UE to perform PUSCH transmission, it also indicates the number of repetitions of the PUSCH transmission. Specifically, the network device sends the first downlink control information to the terminal device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink. Data transmission, and includes information on the number of repetitions of the PUSCH.
- the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is used to indicate the number of repetitions of the PUSCH, that is, the number of times the UE is repeatedly transmitted to transmit the first uplink data.
- the network device configures a maximum number of repetitions of a PUSCH for the terminal device by using RRC signaling in advance, and the number of repetitions indicated in the downlink control information is less than or equal to the maximum number of repetitions, and for different terminal devices, the network device passes the downlink control.
- the number of repetitions of the information indication may be the same or different.
- the format of the first downlink control information in this application may be 6-0A (DCI format 6-0A) or 6-0B (DCI format 6-0B), where DCI format 6-0A is used for scheduling UEs with coverage enhancement mode A (CE Mode A), and DCI format 6-0B is used for scheduling UEs with coverage enhancement mode B (CE Mode B).
- DCI format 6-0A is used for scheduling UEs with coverage enhancement mode A (CE Mode A)
- DCI format 6-0B is used for scheduling UEs with coverage enhancement mode B (CE Mode B).
- the network device may indicate the number of repetitions of the secondary PUSCH of the UE by using the repetition number information of the 2-bit PUSCH in the first downlink control information, and the UE may pass the 3-bit for the UE of the CE Mode B.
- the repetition number information of the PUSCH indicates the number of repetitions of the secondary PUSCH of the UE, and the specific indication manners are as shown in Table 1 and Table 2 below.
- the repetition number information of the PUSCH may indicate a repetition level, and the repetition level corresponds to the number of repetitions of the PUSCH.
- the PUSCH repetition number information is used by the terminal device to determine the first search space according to the repetition number information, in addition to indicating the number of repetitions of the PUSCH.
- the repetition number information included in the first downlink control information may be the repetition number information of the PUSCH, and may be the repetition number information of other similar uplink channels.
- the description is made by way of example and does not constitute a limitation of the application.
- the network device determines a first search space.
- the first search space corresponds to the number of repetitions of the PUSCH.
- the network device may determine the number of repetitions of the PUSCH according to the The number of repetitions of the PUSCH determines the first search space, and may be determined by the network device after determining the first search space, and then determining the number of repetitions of the PUSCH according to the first search space.
- the first search space corresponding to the repetition number information of the PUSCH may be that the ratio of the number of repetitions indicated by the repetition number information to the ratio of r max ⁇ G corresponds to the first search space.
- r max is the maximum number of repetitions of the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) that the network device configures for the UE through RRC signaling.
- the maximum number of repetitions of the PDCCH can be understood as the maximum number of times the PDCCH is repeatedly transmitted in the search space.
- the PDCCH may be an MPDCCH in the MTC scenario, or other similar downlink channels, which is not limited in this application.
- G is a parameter configured by the network device through RRC signaling. Specifically, for the FDD mode, the value of G may be 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 4, 5, 8, 10 or other values. For the TDD mode, G The value may be 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 20 or other values, which is not limited in this application.
- the starting subframe of the first search space determined by the network device is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame
- the specific value of ⁇ is determined by the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max ⁇ G, specifically by any of the following methods:
- different target values may be set for different intervals in which the ratio is located: if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max ⁇ G In the first interval [k 1 , k 0 ), ⁇ is equal to the first target value u 1 , and if the ratio of the number of repetitions v of the PUSCH to r max ⁇ G is in the second interval [k 2 , k 1 ), ⁇ is equal to The second target value u 2 is as follows:
- the first threshold value and the target value corresponding to the different interval values are all preset, or may be configured to the terminal device through RRC signaling, and the specific value may be set according to the empirical value, or according to other methods.
- the setting is not limited in this application.
- different target values may be set for different intervals in which the ratio is located, which is similar to the process described in the above manner 1 No longer.
- the method can prevent the terminal device from detecting the MPDCCH frequently when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is too small (the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max ⁇ G is less than the first threshold); and when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is small, when the uplink of the PUSCH is used.
- the frequency resource and the power consumption are both small, and even if the PUSCH is not fed back in advance, it will not cause significant waste of resources and energy, and can avoid increasing the overhead of blind detection MPDCCH of the terminal device.
- the method can prevent the terminal equipment from detecting the MPDCCH frequently when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is too small (the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is less than the first threshold); when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is small, the uplink time-frequency resources and energy consumption occupied by the PUSCH are compared. Small, even if the PUSCH's early feedback is not performed, it will not cause obvious waste of resources and energy, and can avoid increasing the overhead of blind detection MPDCCH of the terminal device.
- the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max ⁇ G is greater than or equal to the second threshold, different target values may be set for the interval in which the ratio is located, which is similar to the process described in the above manner 1. I will not repeat them later.
- the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max ⁇ G is less than the first threshold, different target values may be set for different intervals in which the ratio is located, which is similar to the process described in the above manner 1 and will not be described again.
- the value of ⁇ can be greater than 1, and the detection period of the MPDCCH can be adjusted more flexibly.
- the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is large, the overhead of the blind detection MPDCCH of the terminal device can be further reduced.
- ⁇ may be determined by other means, which is not limited in this application.
- the starting subframe of the first search space determined by the network device may also be a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame
- T is the set of values corresponding to the offset is determined by the ratio of the number of repetitions to the ratio of r max ⁇ G, in any of the following ways:
- ⁇ offset ⁇ 0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n ⁇
- ⁇ of set can take a plurality of values in the above formula (2)
- the first search space includes each value corresponding to ⁇ offset
- the search space that is, the start subframe of the first search space includes a subframe that satisfies any one of the following n+1 formulas:
- ⁇ offset ⁇ 0, u 1 ⁇
- ⁇ offset ⁇ 0, u 1 , u 2 , u 3 ⁇
- the first threshold value and the value set corresponding to different interval values are preset, or may be configured to the terminal device through RRC signaling, and the specific value may be set according to an empirical value, or according to other Mode setting, specifically this application is not limited.
- the set of values corresponding to the ⁇ offset may be determined by other methods, which is not limited in this application.
- the network device further determines the second search space before determining the first search space.
- the starting subframe of the second search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
- n f ' is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the second search space is located
- n s ' is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame
- the first search space determined by the network device does not include a portion overlapping with the second search space in the time domain.
- the network device may determine that all the starting subframes satisfy the target search space of the above formula (1) or formula (2), and then use the portion of the target search space and the second search space that does not overlap in the time domain as the first search. space.
- the network device is also configured with a narrowband (NB) for detecting the search space, and one NB occupies six consecutive resource blocks (RBs).
- NB narrowband
- the network device is configured as the NB of the first search space.
- the NB configured for the second search of the network device may be the same or different, and is not limited in this application.
- the terminal device receives the first downlink control information that is sent by the network device.
- the terminal device After the network device sends the first downlink control information to the terminal device, the terminal device receives the first downlink control information, and the terminal device repeatedly transmits the first uplink data on the PUSCH according to the first downlink control information.
- the terminal device determines, according to the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel, the first search space.
- the terminal device determines the first search space when the first uplink data is repeatedly transmitted on the PUSCH, or before the first uplink data is transmitted, according to the repetition number of the PUSCH indicated by the repetition information of the PUSCH in the first downlink control information.
- the terminal device may determine the first search space according to the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max ⁇ G.
- the terminal device determines, according to the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max ⁇ G, that the starting subframe of the first search space may be a subframe that satisfies the above formula (1), or satisfies the above formula. (2) Subframe.
- the terminal device further determines the second search space before determining the first search space.
- the starting subframe of the second search space is a subframe that satisfies the above formula (3).
- the first search space determined by the network device according to the ratio of the number of repetitions to the ratio r max ⁇ G does not include a portion overlapping with the second search space in the time domain.
- the terminal device may determine all the starting subframes. The target search space that satisfies the above formula (1) or formula (2) is used, and then the portion where the target search space and the second search space do not overlap in the time domain is taken as the first search space.
- the network device sends the second downlink control information in the first search space.
- the second downlink control information is sent in the first search space, and the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule the second uplink data transmission.
- the terminal device after receiving the first downlink control information, the terminal device repeatedly transmits the first uplink data on the PUSCH, and the network device sends the feedback information for the transmission to the terminal device, where the feedback information is carried in the downlink control information.
- the second downlink control information specifically, if the NDI bit included in the second DCI and the NDI included in the first DCI are reversed, it indicates that the first uplink data has been correctly received, and the UE needs to send new uplink data (the second uplink). Data); if the NDI bit does not reverse, it means that the previous transmission was not received correctly, and the UE needs to retransmit the first uplink data.
- the second DCI may also include an ACK/NACK indication bit.
- the first uplink data may be fed back through an invalid state of some fields in the second DCI.
- the second DCI format is DCI format 6-0A, and the DCI may pass the DCI.
- An invalid state of the resource allocation field in format 6-0A indicates that the first uplink data has been correctly received, and another invalid state indicates that the first uplink data was not correctly received.
- the format of the second downlink control information is the same as the first downlink control information, for example, the same as the DCI format 6-0A or the DCI format 6-0B.
- the format of the second downlink control information may also be different from the first downlink control information, which is not limited in this application.
- the terminal device detects second downlink control information in the first search space.
- the terminal device After the network device sends the second downlink control information, and the terminal device determines the first search space, the terminal device detects the second downlink control information in the determined first search space.
- the sending, by the network device, the second downlink control information in the first search space refers to the second downlink control information carrying the first search space, and after the terminal device determines the first search space, the first search space may be in the first search space.
- the terminal device Performing blind detection on the device, when the terminal device detects the second downlink control information, the terminal device retransmits the first downlink data according to the second downlink control information, or stops transmitting the first downlink data according to the second downlink control information, and Start transmitting the second downlink data.
- the terminal device may start blind detection before the network device sends the second downlink control information, or may start blind detection at the same time that the network device sends the second downlink control information.
- step 402 may be before step 401 or after step 401; after step 401 and step 402, step 403 and step 404 are indistinguishable.
- the order that is, step 405 may be before step 403 and/or step 404, or may be after step 403 and/or step 404; the execution of step 406 is after step 403 and step 404, and step 405 does not distinguish the order, step 406 This may occur before step 405 or simultaneously with step 405.
- the terminal device receives the scheduled uplink data transmission for the first time.
- the terminal device does not know the repetition number information of the PUSCH.
- the terminal device can detect the downlink control information by using the search space configured by the RRC signaling, that is, the search space is determined by using the above formula (3).
- the terminal device may determine the search space by using the maximum number of repetitions of the PUSCH configured by the RRC signaling, which is similar to the method for determining the search space of the search space according to the number of repetitions of the PUSCH indicated by the repetition number information of the PUSCH. .
- the terminal device after receiving the first DCI sent by the network device, determines the first search space according to the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel in the first DCI, and then in the first search space Two DCIs are tested. That is, the terminal device in the present application may determine the search space according to the repetition number information of the uplink channel, that is, the search space in the present application may change according to the dynamic change of the PUSCH repetition number information, that is, the network device may dynamically configure the search space to adapt to the repetition.
- the dynamic change of the number of times so that when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition can be ended in advance to avoid waste of resources; when the number of repetitions is relatively large, the UE can avoid frequent blind detection and save resources.
- the embodiment of the present application provides various ways to determine the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
- the present application further provides another data transmission method.
- another embodiment of the data transmission method in the embodiment of the present application includes:
- the network device sends the first downlink control information to the terminal device.
- the network device When the network device schedules the UE to perform PUSCH transmission, it also indicates the number of repetitions of the PUSCH transmission. Specifically, the network device sends the first downlink control information to the terminal device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink. Data transmission and includes search space indication information.
- the search space indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the first search space according to the search space indication information.
- the network device may notify the terminal device by using the RRC signaling to determine the first search space according to the search space indication information, and when the terminal device receives the downlink control information including the search space indication information, the terminal device performs the search according to the search.
- the space indication information determines the first search space.
- the first downlink control information may include the search space indication information, and may further include a repetition quantity information of the PUSCH, where the repetition quantity information of the PUSCH is used to indicate the number of repetitions of the PUSCH, that is, to indicate The number of times the UE repeatedly transmits the first uplink data on the PUSCH.
- the format of the first downlink control information may be 6-0A (DCI format 6-0A) or 6-0B (DCI format 6-0B), where DCI format 6-0A is used to schedule coverage enhancement mode.
- the UE of the A coverage enhancement mode A, CE Mode A
- the DCI format 6-0B is used to schedule the UE of the coverage enhancement mode B (CE Mode B).
- the network device may indicate the number of repetitions of the secondary PUSCH of the UE by using the repetition number information of the 2-bit PUSCH in the first downlink control information, and the UE may pass the 3-bit for the UE of the CE Mode B.
- the repetition number information of the PUSCH indicates the number of repetitions of the PUSCH of the UE.
- the specific indication manner may be as shown in Table 1 and Table 2 above, and details are not described herein again.
- the network device determines a first search space.
- the network device may, according to the search space indication information, before determining the search space indication information.
- the indicated content determines the first search space, and the search space indication information is determined according to the first search space after the first search space is determined, which is not limited in the application.
- the following describes some of the indication information and the corresponding first search space.
- the network device configures a plurality of search spaces in advance through RRC signaling, and the network device determines, from the plurality of search spaces, one search space as the first search space, and correspondingly, the search space indication information indicates the terminal device.
- a search space is determined from the plurality of search spaces configured by the RRC signaling as the first search space.
- the network device configures a plurality of search spaces in advance through RRC signaling, and the network device determines, from the multiple search spaces, one or more search spaces as the first search space, and correspondingly, the search space indication information.
- the terminal device is instructed to determine at least one search space from the plurality of search spaces configured by the RRC signaling as the first search space.
- the first search space is a search space formed by combining a plurality of search spaces indicated by the search space indication information, that is, the first search space.
- the time domain location corresponding to a search space is obtained by superimposing the time domain location corresponding to each of the plurality of search spaces indicated by the search space indication information, and the frequency domain location of the first search space at a certain time is The frequency domain position corresponding to at least one of the plurality of search spaces corresponding to the time is determined.
- the NBs corresponding to the multiple search spaces configured by the network device through the RRC signaling may be the same or different, and are not limited in this application.
- the network device determines the search space parameter value according to the service requirement or other factors, and determines the first search space according to the search space parameter value.
- the search space indication information is used to indicate the search space parameter value.
- the search space parameter value may be a parameter value indicating a period corresponding to the search space and/or a parameter value indicating a relative position of the start subframe of the search space in the corresponding period.
- the network device further configures, by using RRC signaling, a parameter value of a period corresponding to the search space and/or a parameter value indicating a relative position of the start subframe of the search space in the corresponding period,
- the search device parameter value indicated by the search space information by the network device has a higher priority than the search space parameter value configured by the network device through RRC signaling, that is, for the same search space parameter, if configured in the RRC signaling
- the value of the parameter is also indicated in the search space indication information, and the terminal device determines the first search space by searching for the value of the parameter indicated by the space indication information.
- the network device may indicate the first search space (determining the first search space) by:
- the search space indication information may be a 3-bit indication information.
- the value of G indicated by the indication information may be 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 4, 5, A value of 8, 10 may be other values, which is not limited in this embodiment.
- the value of G indicated by the indication information may be 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 20 One may be other values, which is not limited in this embodiment.
- the network device may notify the terminal device of the value of the G indicated by the different content in the indication information by using the RRC signaling. Taking the FDD system as an example, the value of G indicated by the different content corresponding to the indication information is as follows:
- the table is queried to find the value of G corresponding to the search space indication information.
- the network device can also use a similar method to notify the terminal device of the value of G indicated by the different content in the indication information.
- the value of G is only 7 types, and the 3-bit indication information can be indicated at most. There are 8 states, so there will be a more reserved state that is not used.
- the search space indication information is used to indicate a set of values of the second parameter ⁇ offset (as a target set), and correspondingly, the first search space determined by the network device includes a search space corresponding to each value in the target set,
- the network device may notify the terminal device to search for the value set of the ⁇ offset indicated by the different content in the space indication information by using the RRC signaling, where the terminal device may parse the terminal device in the form of a table. After the space indication information is searched, the value set of the ⁇ offset corresponding to the search space indication information is determined by the query table as a target set.
- the search space indication information is used to indicate the value of the third parameter r max (equal to the target value).
- the network device may notify the terminal device to search for the value of the r max indicated by the different content in the space indication information by using the RRC signaling, and the terminal device may parse the search in the form of a table. After the space indication information, the value of r max corresponding to the search space indication information is determined by the query table as the target value.
- the search space indication information is used to indicate the value of the first parameter G (equal to the target value) and the value set of the second parameter ⁇ offset (for the target set), correspondingly, the first search space determined by the network device
- the network device may jointly search for the search space indication information that is used to jointly encode the information indicating the value of the G and the information indicating the value set of the ⁇ offset , and may also indicate the value of the G.
- the information and the information indicating the set of values of the alpha offset are respectively carried in the two search space indication information, which is not limited in this application.
- the network device may notify the terminal device to search for the value of G and the value set of the ⁇ offset indicated by the different content in the space indication information by using the RRC signaling, and specifically, in the form of a table, the terminal device parses the search space. After the indication information, the value of the G corresponding to the search space indication information is determined by the query table as the target value and the value set of the ⁇ offset is the target set.
- the network device may jointly search the information indicating the value of G and the information indicating the value of r max to obtain the search space indication information, and may also indicate the value of G.
- the information and the information indicating the value of r max are respectively carried in the two search space indication information, which is not limited in this application.
- the network device may notify the terminal device to search for the value of the G and the value of the r max indicated by the different content in the space indication information by using the RRC signaling, where the terminal device parses the search space indication. After the information, the value of G corresponding to the search space indication information is determined by the query table as the first target value and the value of r max is the second target value.
- the search space indication information is used to indicate a value set of the second parameter ⁇ offset (which is a target set) and a value of the third parameter r max (equal to the target value), and correspondingly, the first search determined by the network device
- the network device may jointly encode the information indicating the value set of the ⁇ offset and the information indicating the value of the r max , and may also indicate the ⁇ offset .
- the information of the value set and the information indicating the value of r max are respectively carried in the two search space indication information, which is not limited in this application.
- the network device may notify the terminal device to search for the value set of the alpha offset and the value of the r max indicated by the different content in the space indication information by using the RRC signaling, and the terminal device may parse the search in the form of a table. After the space indication information, the value set of the ⁇ offset corresponding to the search space indication information is determined by the query table as the target set and the value of r max is the target value.
- the search space indication information is used to indicate the value of the first parameter G (equal to the first target value), the value set of the second parameter ⁇ offset (which is the target set), and the value of the third parameter r max
- the first search space determined by the network device includes a search space corresponding to each value in the target set
- the network device may perform, for information indicating the value of the G, the information indicating the value set of the alpha offset and the information indicating the value of the r max jointly obtained by searching the space indication information.
- the network device may also jointly encode the information indicating the value of G, the information indicating the set of values of ⁇ offset and the information indicating the value of r max to obtain a search space indication information, and then Another information is carried in another search space indication information; the network device may further carry information indicating the value of G, information indicating the value set of ⁇ offset , and information indicating the value of r max in three searches respectively.
- the specific application is not limited.
- the network device may notify the terminal device by using the RRC signaling to search for the value of G indicated by the different content in the space indication information, the value set of the alpha offset , and the value of the r max , which may be in the form of a table.
- the terminal device parses the search space indication information, the value of the G corresponding to the search space indication information is determined by the query table as the first target value, the value set of the ⁇ offset is the target set, and the value of r max is the second value. Target value.
- the terminal device receives the first downlink control information that is sent by the network device.
- the terminal device After the network device sends the first downlink control information to the terminal device, the terminal device receives the first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink data transmission, and the terminal device controls the first downlink control according to the first downlink control information.
- the information transmits the first uplink data.
- the terminal device determines the first search space according to the search space indication information.
- the terminal device After receiving the first downlink control information, the terminal device determines the first search space according to the search space indication information in the first downlink control information.
- the terminal device determines, according to the search space indication information, that one of the plurality of search spaces is the first search space.
- the terminal device may first determine, according to the RRC signaling, a plurality of search spaces configured by the network device, and search space indication information corresponding to each search space, and after the terminal device obtains the search space indication information, determine the search space indication information.
- the corresponding search space is the first search space.
- the terminal device may further determine, according to the RRC signaling, multiple search spaces configured by the network device, and search space indication information corresponding to each search space, and then multiple search spaces configured from the RRC signaling.
- the search space corresponding to the search space indication information is determined to be the first search space.
- the terminal device determines, according to the search space indication information, that the at least one search space of the multiple search spaces is the first search space.
- the terminal device may first determine one or more search spaces corresponding to the different search space indication information according to the RRC signaling, and after the terminal device obtains the search space indication information, determine a search space corresponding to the search space indication information as The first search space, or a plurality of search spaces corresponding to the search space indication information are combined to obtain a first search space.
- the terminal device may further determine one or more search spaces corresponding to the search space indication information according to the RRC signaling, and if the search space indication information corresponds to one search space, determine the The search space is a first search space. If the search space indication information corresponds to multiple search spaces, the multiple search spaces are combined to obtain a first search space.
- the terminal device determines the search space parameter value according to the search space indication information, and determines the first search space according to the search space parameter value.
- the search space parameter value may be a period indicating the search space.
- the parameter value eg, the first parameter G and/or the third parameter r max
- a parameter value eg, the second parameter ⁇ offset
- the network device may configure the search space parameter value corresponding to the different search space indication information by using the RRC signaling, and the terminal device may determine the search space corresponding to the search space indication information by using RRC signaling after acquiring the search space indication information.
- the terminal device may first determine the search space parameter value corresponding to each search space indication information by using RRC signaling, and after obtaining the search space indication information, determine the search space parameter value corresponding to the search space indication information.
- the terminal device determines, according to the search space indication information, a set of values corresponding to the ⁇ offset as a target set, and then determines a search space corresponding to each value in the target set, and the search space obtained by superimposing the search spaces is the first search.
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe of the search space is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe of the search space in the radio frame
- T r max ⁇ G
- G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling
- G is greater than or equal to 1
- r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling.
- the terminal device determines, according to the search space indication information, r max is equal to the target value, and the set of values corresponding to the ⁇ offset is the target set, and the terminal device determines the search space corresponding to each value in the target set, and the search obtained by superimposing the search spaces
- the terminal device determines that G is equal to the first target value according to the search space indication information, the value set corresponding to the ⁇ offset is the target set, and the value of r max is the second target value, and the terminal device determines that each value in the target set corresponds to the value.
- the network device sends the second downlink control information in the first search space.
- the second downlink control information is sent in the first search space, and the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule the second uplink data transmission.
- the terminal device After receiving the first downlink control information, the terminal device starts to transmit the first uplink data, and the network device sends the feedback information for the transmission to the terminal device, where the feedback information is carried in the downlink control information.
- the control information specifically, if the NDI bit included in the second DCI and the NDI included in the first DCI are reversed, it indicates that the first uplink data has been correctly received, and the UE needs to send new uplink data (second uplink data). If the NDI bit does not reverse, it means that the previous transmission was not received correctly, and the UE needs to resend the first uplink data.
- the second DCI may also include an ACK/NACK indication bit.
- the first uplink data has been correctly received, and when the indication bit is “1”, the first uplink is indicated.
- the data is not received correctly; or the first uplink data may be fed back through the invalid state of some fields in the second DCI.
- the second DCI format is DCI format 6-0A
- the DCI format 6-0A may be adopted.
- An invalid state of the resource allocation field indicates that the first uplink data has been correctly received, and another invalid state indicates that the first uplink data was not correctly received.
- the format of the second downlink control information is the same as the first downlink control information, for example, both DCI format 6-0A or DCI format 6-0B; in other embodiments, the second downlink
- the format of the control information may also be different from the first downlink control information, which is not limited in this application.
- the terminal device detects second downlink control information in the first search space.
- the terminal device After the network device sends the second downlink control information, and the terminal device determines the first search space, the terminal device detects the second downlink control information in the determined first search space.
- the sending, by the network device, the second downlink control information in the first search space refers to the second downlink control information carrying the first search space, and after the terminal device determines the first search space, the first search space may be in the first search space.
- the terminal device performs blind detection.
- the terminal device detects the second downlink control information
- the terminal device retransmits the first downlink data according to the second downlink control information, or starts to transmit the second downlink data according to the second downlink control information.
- the terminal device may start blind detection before the network device sends the second downlink control information, or may start blind detection at the same time that the network device sends the second downlink control information.
- step 702 may be before step 701 or after step 701; after step 701 and step 702, step 705 and step 704 are indistinguishable from step 703 and step 704.
- the order, that is, step 705 may be before step 703 and/or step 704, or may be after step 703 and/or step 704; the execution of step 706 is after step 703 and step 704, and step 705 does not distinguish the order, step 706 This may occur before step 705 or simultaneously with step 705.
- the terminal device after the terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the network device, the terminal device obtains the downlink control information for scheduling the uplink data transmission for the first time before the terminal device receives the downlink control information for scheduling the uplink data transmission.
- the information about the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is not known.
- the terminal device may detect the downlink control information by using the search space configured by the RRC signaling, that is, determine the search space by using the above formula (3), or the terminal device may configure the RRC signaling.
- the maximum number of repetitions of the PUSCH determines the search space, and is similar to the manner in which the search space of the search space is determined according to the number of repetitions of the PUSCH indicated by the repetition number information of the PUSCH, and details are not described herein again.
- the terminal device after receiving the first DCI sent by the network device, determines the first search space according to the search space indication information in the first DCI, and then detects the second DCI in the first search space. . That is, the network device in the present application can dynamically indicate the search space, so that the dynamic change of the repetition number information can be adapted.
- the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition is terminated in advance to avoid waste of resources; when the number of repetitions is relatively large, the avoidance is avoided.
- the UE frequently detects blindly and saves resources.
- the embodiment of the present application provides various ways to determine the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
- an embodiment of the communication device in the embodiment of the present application includes:
- the receiving module 801 is configured to receive the first downlink control information that is sent by the network device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink data transmission, where the first downlink control information includes the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel.
- the processing module 802 is configured to determine, according to the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel, the first search space;
- the receiving module 801 is further configured to detect the second downlink control information in the first search space, where the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule the second uplink data transmission.
- the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel indicates the repetition quantity of the physical uplink shared channel
- the processing module 802 is specifically configured to determine, according to a ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel and the ratio of r max ⁇ G, the first search space, where r max is the maximum number of repetitions of the physical downlink control channel configured by the RRC signaling , G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, and G is greater than or equal to 1.
- the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame
- the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame
- the first search space does not include a portion overlapping with the second search space in the time domain, and the start subframe of the second search space is satisfied.
- the processing module 802 determines the first search space according to the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel in the first DCI, and then the receiving module 801 is in the The second DCI is detected in the first search space. That is, the communication device in the present application may determine the search space according to the repetition number information of the uplink channel, that is, the search space in the present application may change according to the dynamic change of the repetition number information, that is, the network device may dynamically configure the search space to adapt to the repetition number information.
- the dynamic change so that when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition can be ended in advance to avoid waste of resources; when the number of repetitions is relatively large, the UE can avoid frequent blind detection and save resources.
- the present application provides various ways to determine the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
- another embodiment of a communication device in this embodiment of the present application includes:
- the receiving module 901 is configured to receive first downlink control information that is sent by the network device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink data transmission, where the first downlink control information includes search space indication information, and the search space indication information is used. Determining the first search space;
- the processing module 902 is configured to determine, according to the search space indication information, the first search space;
- the receiving module 901 is further configured to detect second downlink control information in the first search space, where the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule the second uplink data transmission.
- the processing module 902 is specifically configured to determine, according to the search space indication information, that one of the plurality of search spaces is the first search space, where the multiple search spaces are determined by the communication device according to the RRC signaling. of.
- the processing module 902 is specifically configured to determine, according to the search space indication information, at least one search space in the plurality of search spaces, where the first search space is a search space in which at least one search space is combined, where A plurality of search spaces are determined by the user equipment according to RRC signaling.
- the processing module 902 is specifically configured to determine a value of the first parameter G according to the search space indication information, and determine, according to the value of the first parameter G, a first search space, a start subframe of the first search space. Subframes that satisfy the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame
- T r max ⁇ G
- the processing module 902 is specifically configured to determine a value set of the second parameter ⁇ offset according to the search space indication information, and determine a first search space according to the value set, where the first search space includes a value corresponding to each value in the value set.
- the search space, the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value satisfies the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame
- T r max ⁇ G
- r max is RRC signaling
- G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling
- G is greater than or equal to 1;
- the processing module 902 is specifically configured to: determine, by the search space indication information, a value of the first parameter G and a value set of the second parameter ⁇ offset , and according to the value of the G and the first search space determined by the set of values, the first search space includes: The search space corresponding to each value in the value set, the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value satisfies the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the second search space is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame
- T r max ⁇ G
- r Max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured for RRC signaling.
- the processing module 902 is specifically configured to determine the value of the first parameter G and the value of the third parameter r max according to the search space indication information, and then determine the first search space according to the value of G and the value of r max , the start of the first search space.
- the processing module 902 is specifically configured to determine a value set of the second parameter ⁇ offset and a value of the third parameter r max according to the search space indication information, and determine the first search space according to the value set of the ⁇ offset and the value of the r max ,
- the processing module 902 is specifically configured to determine, according to the search space indication information, that the first search space is: the communication device determines the value of the first parameter G according to the search space indication information, and the value set of the second parameter ⁇ offset and the third parameter r
- the value of max is further determined according to the value of G, the value set of ⁇ offset and the value of r max
- the first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values of ⁇ offset
- the processing module 902 determines the first search space according to the search space indication information in the first DCI, and then the receiving module 901 is in the first search space.
- the second DCI is detected. That is, the network device in the present application can dynamically indicate the search space, so that the dynamic change of the repetition number information can be adapted.
- the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition is terminated in advance to avoid waste of resources; when the number of repetitions is relatively large, the avoidance is avoided.
- the UE frequently detects blindly and saves resources.
- the embodiment of the present application provides various ways to determine the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
- an embodiment of the network device in the embodiment of the present application includes:
- the sending module 1001 is configured to send the first downlink control information to the terminal device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink data transmission, where the first downlink control information includes the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel;
- the processing module 1002 is configured to determine a first search space, where the first search space corresponds to the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel;
- the sending module 1001 is further configured to send the second downlink control information in the first search space, where the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule the second uplink data transmission.
- the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel indicates the repetition quantity of the physical uplink shared channel
- the first search space corresponds to the repetition number information of the physical uplink shared channel, and includes:
- the ratio of the number of repetitions to the ratio of r max ⁇ G corresponds to the first search space; wherein r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, and G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, and G is greater than or equal to 1.
- the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame
- the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame
- the first search space does not include a portion overlapping with the second search space in the time domain, and the start subframe of the second search space is satisfied.
- the search space may change dynamically as the number of repetitions information dynamically changes, that is, the network device may dynamically configure the search space to adapt to the dynamic change of the repetition number information, so that when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the network may be terminated early. Repeat to avoid waste of resources; when the number of repetitions is relatively large, the UE can avoid frequent blind detection and save resources.
- the embodiment of the present application provides various ways to determine the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
- another embodiment of a network device in this embodiment of the present application includes:
- the sending module 1101 is configured to send first downlink control information to the terminal device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink data transmission;
- the processing module 1102 is configured to determine a first search space
- the sending module 1101 is further configured to send the second downlink control information in the first search space, where the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule the second uplink data transmission;
- the first downlink control information includes search space indication information, and the search space indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the first search space according to the search space indication information.
- the search space indication information indicates that the terminal device determines one search space from the plurality of search spaces as the first search space, where the multiple search spaces are multiple search spaces configured by the network device through RRC signaling. .
- the search space indication information instructs the terminal device to determine at least one search space from the plurality of search spaces, where the first search space is a search space in which at least one search space is combined, where the multiple search spaces are A plurality of search spaces configured by the network device through RRC signaling.
- the search space indication information is used to indicate the value of the first parameter G
- the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame
- T r max ⁇ G
- the search space indication information is used to indicate a set of values of the second parameter ⁇ offset ;
- the first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values, and the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value satisfies the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame
- T r max ⁇ G
- r max is RRC signaling
- G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling
- G is greater than or equal to 1;
- the search space indication information is used to indicate a value of the first parameter G and a set of values of the second parameter ⁇ offset ;
- the first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values, and the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value satisfies the following formula:
- n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the second search space is located
- n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame
- T r max ⁇ G
- r Max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured for RRC signaling
- the search space indication information is used to indicate a value set of the second parameter ⁇ offset and a value of the third parameter r max , where the first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the value set of the ⁇ offset , and each value is used.
- the search space indication information is used to indicate the value of the first parameter G, the value set of the second parameter ⁇ offset and the value of the third parameter r max , and the first search space includes each value corresponding to the value set of the ⁇ offset
- the network device can dynamically indicate the search space by using the DCI, so that the search space can adapt to the dynamic change of the repetition number information.
- the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition is terminated in advance to avoid waste of resources; When it is large, it avoids frequent blind detection by the UE and saves resources.
- the sending module in each of the foregoing devices may be a transmitting device, the receiving module may be a receiving device, and the processing unit may be a processor.
- the embodiment of the present application provides various ways to determine the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
- the communication device and the network device in the present application are introduced from the perspective of the function module.
- the communication device in the present application is introduced from the perspective of the physical hardware.
- the communication device may include a mobile phone, a tablet computer, and a personal digital assistant (personal digital). Assistant, PDA), point of sales (POS), car computer and other terminal devices, taking communication devices as mobile phones as an example:
- FIG. 12 is a block diagram showing a partial structure of a mobile phone related to a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
- the mobile phone includes: a radio frequency (RF) circuit 1210, a memory 1220, an input unit 1230, a display unit 1240, a sensor 1250, an audio circuit 1260, a wireless fidelity (WiFi) module 1270, and a processor 1280. And power supply 1290 and other components.
- RF radio frequency
- the processor 1280 is a control center for the handset that connects various portions of the entire handset with various interfaces and lines, by running or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 1220, and recalling data stored in the memory 1220.
- the mobile phone performs the flow performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 or FIG. 7 above.
- the network device in this application is introduced from the perspective of the physical hardware.
- the network device can be used by the base station or other network to send the received signal.
- the following takes the base station as an example.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- the base station 1300 may generate a large difference due to different configurations or performances.
- Base station 1300 can include one or more central processing units (CPUs) 1322 (eg, one or more processors) and memory 1332, one or more storage media 1330 that store application 1342 or data 1344 (eg, One or one storage device in Shanghai).
- the memory 1332 and the storage medium 1330 may be short-term storage or persistent storage.
- the program stored on storage medium 1330 may include one or more modules (not shown), each of which may include a series of instruction operations in the base station.
- the central processor 1322 can be configured to communicate with the storage medium 1330 to perform a series of instruction operations in the storage medium 1330 on the base station 1300.
- the steps performed by the network device in the above-described embodiment shown in FIG. 4 or FIG. 7 may be based on the base station structure shown in FIG.
- the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions for the network device or the communication device, which includes a program for executing the network device or the terminal device.
- the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, where the computer program product includes computer software instructions, which can be loaded by a processor to implement the process executed by the network device or the terminal device in the data transmission method of FIG. 4 or FIG. 7 above. .
- the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
- the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
- the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transfer to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
- wire eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
- the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be stored by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media.
- the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (eg, a solid state disk (SSD)) or the like.
- the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners.
- the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
- the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
- there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
- the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
- the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
- each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
- the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
- the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
- a computer readable storage medium A number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.
- the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program code. .
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Disclosed are a data transmission method and a related apparatus. The method comprises: a terminal device receiving first downlink control information sent by a network device, wherein the first downlink control information is used for scheduling first uplink data transmission, and the first downlink control information comprises information of the number of repetitions of a physical uplink shared channel; the terminal device determining a first search space according to the information of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel; and the terminal device detecting second downlink control information in the first search space, wherein the second downlink control information is used for feeding back first uplink data and/or scheduling second uplink data transmission.
Description
本申请涉及通信领域,尤其涉及数据传输方法及相关装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a data transmission method and related apparatus.
为了增强传输可靠性,在机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)中,引入了混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)技术,即基站会配置用户设备(user equipment,UE)把相同的数据重复发送若干次,基站则进行合并接收检测,在UE发送某个HARQ进程的所有重复全都发送完毕后,基站会通过通过机器类型通信的物理下行控制信道(MTC physical downlink control channel,MPDCCH)中承载的下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)DCI向UE反馈上行数据是否正确接收的消息。也就是说,UE会多次重复发送数据,直到达到基站配置的重复次数为止。这样既浪费了频谱资源,也增大了UE的功耗。比如网络设备配置UE重复传输次数为1024次,如果基站在接收到UE的前256次传输后即已正确解调该次传输的数据,则UE后续的748次传输实际上是对上行传输资源和UE电池能源的浪费。In order to enhance the transmission reliability, a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) technology is introduced in the machine type communication (MTC), that is, the base station configures the user equipment (UE) to be the same. The data is repeatedly transmitted several times, and the base station performs combined reception detection. After all the repetitions of the UE transmitting a certain HARQ process are completed, the base station passes the physical downlink control channel (MPDCCH) through the machine type communication. Downlink control information (DCI) carried in the DCI feeds back to the UE whether the uplink data is correctly received. That is to say, the UE repeatedly transmits data repeatedly until the number of repetitions of the base station configuration is reached. This wastes both the spectrum resources and the power consumption of the UE. For example, if the network device configures the number of repeated transmissions of the UE to be 1024 times, if the base station correctly demodulates the data transmitted after receiving the first 256 transmissions of the UE, the subsequent 748 transmissions of the UE are actually uplink transmission resources and Waste of UE battery energy.
为了避免资源浪费,现有技术引入对于UE上行数据的反馈机制,使得在上述情况下,网络设备可以提前终止UE的上行数据传输。例如,通过MPDCCH承载一个DCI,携带肯定应答信息(acknowledgement,ACK)下发给UE,指示UE结束重复传输。调度重复传输的DCI和携带ACK指示的DCI可以是UE在用户特定搜索空间(UE-specific search space,USS)里搜索得到的。In order to avoid waste of resources, the prior art introduces a feedback mechanism for the uplink data of the UE, so that in the above case, the network device can terminate the uplink data transmission of the UE in advance. For example, the MPDCCH carries a DCI, and carries an acknowledgement (ACK) to the UE, instructing the UE to end the repeated transmission. The DCI that schedules repeated transmissions and the DCI that carries the ACK indication may be that the UE searches in a UE-specific search space (USS).
但是,一个UE在物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)上重复次数变化范围很大,且可以非常动态地变化,如前一个DCI指示PUSCH重复次数为64,紧接着下一个DCI指示PUSCH重复次数为2048,如果配置的USS在时域上的间隔较大,如图1所示,UE在USS1获取了调度PUSCH重复传输64次的DCI,UE开始重复传输上行数据64次,则在64次重复传输完成之后,UE才在下一个USS(即USS2)处检测到反馈DCI,并不能提前结束重复,仍然会造成资源浪费;如果配置的USS在时域上的间隔较小,如图2所示,则UE在USS1获取了调度重复传输2048次的DCI,UE开始重复传输数据2048次,在该重复结束之前会有大量的USS出现,为了搜索可能的反馈DCI,UE会搜索这些所有的USS,检测是否存在反馈DCI,这将导致UE频繁进行盲检测,增大UE不必要的能耗开销。However, the number of repetitions of a UE on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) varies widely, and can change very dynamically. For example, the previous DCI indicates that the number of PUSCH repetitions is 64, and the next DCI indicates the PUSCH. The number of repetitions is 2048. If the configured USS has a large interval in the time domain, as shown in Figure 1, the UE acquires DCI that schedules PUSCH repeated transmission 64 times in USS1, and the UE starts to transmit uplink data 64 times repeatedly, then at 64. After the secondary transmission is completed, the UE detects the feedback DCI at the next USS (that is, USS2), and cannot end the repetition in advance, which still causes waste of resources; if the configured USS has a small interval in the time domain, as shown in Figure 2 In the USS1, the UE acquires DCI that schedules repeated transmissions of 2048 times, and the UE starts to transmit data 2048 times repeatedly. A large number of USSs will appear before the end of the repetition. In order to search for possible feedback DCI, the UE searches all the USSs. Detecting whether there is feedback DCI, which will cause the UE to perform blind detection frequently, and increase unnecessary energy consumption of the UE.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供了数据传输方法及相关装置,用于节约资源。The embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method and related apparatus for saving resources.
有鉴于此,本申请第一方面提供了一种数据传输方法,该方法包括:终端设备接收网络设备发送用于调度第一上行数据传输的第一下行控制信息,其中,该第一下行控制信息包括物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息;终端设备接收第一下行控制信息之后,根据该第一下行控制信息中的物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息确定第一搜索空间,然后在第一搜索空间中检测用于对第一上行数据进行反馈和/或调度第二上行数据传输的第二下行控制信息。In view of this, the first aspect of the present application provides a data transmission method, where the method includes: receiving, by a terminal device, a first downlink control information, where the network device sends a first uplink data transmission, where the first downlink is The control information includes information about the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel. After receiving the first downlink control information, the terminal device determines the first search space according to the repetition number information of the physical uplink shared channel in the first downlink control information, and then determines the first search space. A second downlink control information for feeding back the first uplink data and/or scheduling the second uplink data transmission is detected in a search space.
需要说明的是,在本实现方式中的物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息还可以是其他类似的上行信道的重复次数信息。It should be noted that the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel in the implementation manner may also be information about the repetition times of other similar uplink channels.
本实现方式中,搜索空间可以随着重复次数信息动态变化而变化,即网络设备可以动态配置搜索空间,以适应重复次数信息的动态变化,从而在PUSCH的重复次数相对较小时,可以提前结束重复,避免资源浪费;在重复次数相对较大时,可以避免UE频繁的盲检测,节省资源。In this implementation manner, the search space may change dynamically as the number of repetitions information changes, that is, the network device may dynamically configure the search space to adapt to the dynamic change of the repetition number information, so that when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition may be terminated early. To avoid waste of resources; when the number of repetitions is relatively large, the UE can avoid frequent blind detection and save resources.
结合本申请第一方面,在本申请第一方面的第一种实现方式中,PUSCH的重复次数信息指示PUSCH的重复次数,即终端设备重复传输第一上行数据的次数,则本实现方式中,终端设备可以根据PUSCH的重复次数信息指示的重复次数与r
max·G的比值确定第一搜索空间,其中,r
max为无线资源控制RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1。
With reference to the first aspect of the present application, in the first implementation manner of the first aspect of the present application, the repetition quantity information of the PUSCH indicates the number of repetitions of the PUSCH, that is, the number of times the terminal device repeatedly transmits the first uplink data, in this implementation manner, The terminal device may determine the first search space according to the ratio of the number of repetitions indicated by the repetition number information of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G, where r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by the RRC signaling, and G is The parameter of RRC signaling configuration, G is greater than or equal to 1.
其中,最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数可以理解为一个搜索空间中重复传输MPDCCH的最大次数。The number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel can be understood as the maximum number of repeated transmissions of MPDCCH in one search space.
本实现方式提供了一种确定第一搜索空间的实现方式,提高了方案的可实现性。The implementation provides a method for determining the implementation of the first search space, and improves the achievability of the solution.
结合本申请第一方面的第一种实现方式,在本申请第一方面的第二种实现方式中,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,α
offset=0,若物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限,β=1;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值,则0<β<1。
With reference to the first implementation manner of the first aspect of the present application, in a second implementation manner of the first aspect of the application, the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,α Offset =0, if the ratio of the repetition number of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is less than the first threshold, then 0<β<1.
需要说明的是,r
max为无线资源控制RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,该r
max也是第一搜索空间对应的持续时长,根据第一搜索空间对应的起始子帧以及第一搜索空间对于的持续时长,即可确定第一搜索空间。
It should be noted that r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by the RRC signaling, and the r max is also the duration of the first search space, according to the initial subframe corresponding to the first search space and The first search space can determine the first search space for the duration of the search.
本实现方式提供了一种确定第一搜索空间的实现方式,提高了方案的可实现性。The implementation provides a method for determining the implementation of the first search space, and improves the achievability of the solution.
结合本申请第一方面的第一种实现方式,在本申请第一方面的第三种实现方式中,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,α
offset=0,若物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于第一门限,β=1;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于或等于第一门限值,则0<β<1。
With reference to the first implementation manner of the first aspect of the present application, in a third implementation manner of the first aspect of the application, the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,α Offset =0, if the ratio of the repetition number of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is greater than the first threshold, β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to r max · G is less than or equal to the first threshold, then 0<β<1.
结合本申请第一方面的第一种实现方式,在本申请第一方面的第四种实现方式中,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,α
offset=0,若物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于或等于第二门限值,β=1;若物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,β=1;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于第二门限值且小于第一门限值,则0<β<1。
With reference to the first implementation manner of the first aspect of the present application, in a fourth implementation manner of the first aspect of the application, the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,α Offset =0, if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is less than or equal to the second threshold, β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is greater than or equal to The first threshold value, β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max ·G is greater than the second threshold value and less than the first threshold value, then 0<β<1.
结合本申请第一方面的第一种实现方式,在本申请第一方面的第五种实现方式中,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,α
offset=0;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值,α
offset={0,u
1,u
2...u
n},其中n≥1,0<u
i<1,i为大于或等于1且小于或等于n的整数。
With reference to the first implementation manner of the first aspect of the present application, in a fifth implementation manner of the first aspect of the application, the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, if PUSCH The ratio of the number of repetitions to the ratio of r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, α offset =0; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is less than the first threshold, α offset = {0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n }, where n ≥ 1, 0 < u i < 1, i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to n.
需要说明的是,r
max为无线资源控制RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,该r
max也是第一搜索空间对应的持续时长,根据第一搜索空间对应的起始子帧以及第一搜索空间对于的持续时长,即可确定第一搜索空间。
It should be noted that r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by the RRC signaling, and the r max is also the duration of the first search space, according to the initial subframe corresponding to the first search space and The first search space can determine the first search space for the duration of the search.
本实现方式提供了一种确定第一搜索空间的实现方式,提高了方案的可实现性。The implementation provides a method for determining the implementation of the first search space, and improves the achievability of the solution.
结合本申请第一方面的第一种实现方式,在本申请第一方面的第六种实现方式中,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于第一门限值,α
offset=0;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于或等于第一门限值,α
offset={0,u
1,u
2...u
n},其中n≥1,0<u
i<1,i为大于或等于1且小于或等于n的整数。
With reference to the first implementation manner of the first aspect of the present application, in a sixth implementation manner of the first aspect of the application, the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, if PUSCH The ratio of the number of repetitions to r max · G is greater than the first threshold, α offset =0; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is less than or equal to the first threshold, α offset = {0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n }, where n ≥ 1, 0 < u i < 1, i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to n.
结合本申请第一方面的第一种实现方式,在本申请第一方面的第七种实现方式中,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于或等于第二门限值,α
offset=0;若物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,α
offset=0;若PUSCH的重复次数与
的比值大于第二门限值且小于第一门限值,α
offset={0,u
1,u
2...u
n},其中n≥1,0<u
i<1,i为大于或等于1且小于或等于n的整数。
With reference to the first implementation manner of the first aspect of the present application, in the seventh implementation manner of the first aspect of the application, the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, if PUSCH The ratio of the number of repetitions to r max · G is less than or equal to the second threshold value, α offset =0; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, α offset = 0; if the number of repetitions of PUSCH is The ratio is greater than the second threshold and less than the first threshold, α offset = {0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n }, where n ≥ 1 , 0 < u i < 1, i is greater than or An integer equal to 1 and less than or equal to n.
结合本申请第一方面,第一方面的第一至第七种实现方式中的任意一种实现方式,在本申请第一方面的第八种实现方式中,第一搜索空间不包括与第二搜索空间在时域上重叠的部分,第二搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f'为第二搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s'为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1,α
offset'=0。
With reference to the first aspect of the present application, any one of the first to the seventh implementation manners of the first aspect, in the eighth implementation manner of the first aspect of the present application, the first search space does not include the second The portion of the search space that overlaps in the time domain. The starting subframe of the second search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f ' is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the second search space is located, and n s ' is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, and G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, G is greater than or equal to 1, and α offset '=0.
本实现方式提供了另一种确定第一搜索空间的方式,提高了方案的灵活性。This implementation provides another way to determine the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
本申请第二方面提供了一种数据传输方法,该方法包括:终端设备接收网络设备发送的用于调度第一上行数据传输的第一DCI,该第一DCI包括搜索空间指示信息,终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间,然后在该第一搜索空间检测用于对第一上行数据进行反馈和/或调度第二上行数据传输的第二DCI。The second aspect of the present application provides a data transmission method, the method includes: receiving, by a terminal device, a first DCI sent by a network device for scheduling a first uplink data transmission, where the first DCI includes search space indication information, and the terminal device is configured according to The search space indication information determines a first search space, and then detects a second DCI for feeding back the first uplink data and/or scheduling the second uplink data transmission in the first search space.
本实现方式中,网络设备可以动态指示搜索空间,从而可以适应重复次数信息的动态变化,在PUSCH的重复次数相对较小时,提前结束重复,避免资源浪费;在重复次数相对较大时,避免UE频繁的盲检测,节省资源。In this implementation manner, the network device can dynamically indicate the search space, so that the dynamic change of the repetition number information can be adapted. When the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition is terminated in advance to avoid waste of resources; when the number of repetitions is relatively large, the UE is avoided. Frequent blind detection saves resources.
结合本申请第二方面,在本申请第二方面的一种实现方式中,终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间具体可以是:终端根据搜索空间指示信息确定多个搜索空间中的一个搜索空间为第一搜索空间。With reference to the second aspect of the present application, in an implementation manner of the second aspect of the present application, determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information may be: determining, by the terminal, the plurality of search spaces according to the search space indication information. A search space is the first search space.
应理解,本实现方式中所说的多个搜索空间是终端设备根据RRC信令确定的搜索空间,也就是网络设备通过RRC信令配置的搜索空间。It should be understood that the multiple search spaces mentioned in this implementation manner are search spaces determined by the terminal device according to RRC signaling, that is, search spaces configured by the network device through RRC signaling.
本实现方式提供了一种根据搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间的具体方式,提高了方案的可实现性。The implementation provides a specific manner for determining the first search space according to the search space indication information, and improves the achievability of the solution.
结合本申请第二方面,在本申请第二方面的二种实现方式中,终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间具体可以是:终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定多个搜索空间中的至少一个搜索空间,确定的搜索空间组合得到的搜索空间即第一搜索空间,即第一搜索空间对应的时域位置是由搜索空间指示信息所指示的多个搜索空间中每一个搜索空间对应的时域位置叠加得到的,第一搜索空间在某一时刻的频域位置是由该时刻对应的多个搜索空间中的至少一个所对应的频域位置确定的。With reference to the second aspect of the present application, in the two implementation manners of the second aspect of the present application, the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information may be: the terminal device determines multiple search spaces according to the search space indication information. At least one of the search spaces, the search space obtained by the combination of the determined search spaces, that is, the first search space, that is, the time domain position corresponding to the first search space is each of the plurality of search spaces indicated by the search space indication information The frequency domain position of the first search space at a certain time is determined by the frequency domain position corresponding to at least one of the plurality of search spaces corresponding to the time.
应理解,本实现方式中所说的多个搜索空间是终端设备根据RRC信令确定的搜索空间,也就是网络设备通过RRC信令配置的搜索空间。It should be understood that the multiple search spaces mentioned in this implementation manner are search spaces determined by the terminal device according to RRC signaling, that is, search spaces configured by the network device through RRC signaling.
本实现方式提供了另一种根据搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间的具体方式,提高了方案的灵活性。This implementation provides another specific manner of determining the first search space according to the search space indication information, and improves the flexibility of the solution.
结合本申请第二方面,在本申请第二方面的三种实现方式中,终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间具体可以是:终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定第一参数G的值,再根据G的值确定第一搜索空间,具体地,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,α
offset=0。
With reference to the second aspect of the present application, in the three implementation manners of the second aspect of the present application, the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information may be: the terminal device determines the first parameter G according to the search space indication information. The value of the first search space is determined according to the value of G. Specifically, the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,r Max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured for RRC signaling, α offset =0.
本实现方式提供了另一种根据搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间的具体方式,提高了方案的灵活性。This implementation provides another specific manner of determining the first search space according to the search space indication information, and improves the flexibility of the solution.
结合本申请第二方面,在本申请第二方面的第四种实现方式中,终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间具体可以是:终端设备根据搜索空间指示信息确定第二参数α
offset的取值集合,再根据该取值集合确定第一搜索空间,具体地,第一搜索空间包括该取值集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1。
With reference to the second aspect of the present application, in a fourth implementation manner of the second aspect of the present application, the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information may be: the terminal device determines the second parameter α according to the search space indication information. Determining a set of values of the offset , and determining a first search space according to the set of values. Specifically, the first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values, and a search space corresponding to each value The starting subframe is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, r max is RRC signaling The number of repetitions of the configured maximum physical downlink control channel, G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, and G is greater than or equal to 1.
本实现方式提供了另一种根据搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间的具体方式,提高了方案的灵活性。This implementation provides another specific manner of determining the first search space according to the search space indication information, and improves the flexibility of the solution.
结合本申请第二方面,在本申请第二方面的第五种实现方式中,终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间具体可以是:终端设备根据搜索空间指示信息确定第三参数r
max的值,再根据r
max的值确定第一搜索空间,具体地,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1,α
offset=0。
With reference to the second aspect of the present application, in a fifth implementation manner of the second aspect of the present application, the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information may be: the terminal device determines the third parameter r according to the search space indication information. The value of max is further determined according to the value of r max . Specifically, the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,G The parameter configured for RRC signaling, G is greater than or equal to 1, and α offset =0.
本实现方式提供了另一种根据搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间的具体方式,提高了方案的灵活性。This implementation provides another specific manner of determining the first search space according to the search space indication information, and improves the flexibility of the solution.
结合本申请第二方面,在本申请第二方面的第六种实现方式中,终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间具体可以是:终端设备根据搜索空间指示信息确定第一参数G的值和第二参数α
offset的取值集合,再根据α
offset的取值集合确定第一搜索空间,具体地,第一搜索空间包括α
offset的取值集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数。
With reference to the second aspect of the present application, in a sixth implementation manner of the second aspect of the present application, the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information may be: the terminal device determines the first parameter G according to the search space indication information. a value set and a set of values of the second parameter α offset , and determining a first search space according to the set of values of the α offset , specifically, the first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values of the α offset The starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, r max is RRC signaling The number of repetitions of the configured maximum physical downlink control channel.
本实现方式提供了另一种根据搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间的具体方式,提高了方案的灵活性。This implementation provides another specific manner of determining the first search space according to the search space indication information, and improves the flexibility of the solution.
结合本申请第二方面,在本申请第二方面的第七种实现方式中,终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间具体可以是:终端设备根据搜索空间指示信息确定第一参数G的值和第三参数r
max的值,再根据G的值和r
max的值确定第一搜索空间,具体地,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,α
offset=0。
With reference to the second aspect of the present application, in a seventh implementation manner of the second aspect of the present application, the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information may be: the terminal device determines the first parameter G according to the search space indication information. The value of the third parameter r max is determined by the value of G and the value of r max . Specifically, the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,α Offset =0.
本实现方式提供了另一种根据搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间的具体方式,提高了方案的灵活性。This implementation provides another specific manner of determining the first search space according to the search space indication information, and improves the flexibility of the solution.
结合本申请第二方面,在本申请第二方面的第八种实现方式中,终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间具体可以是:终端设备根据搜索空间指示信息确定第二参数α
offset的取值集合和第三参数r
max的值,再根据α
offset的取值集合和r
max的值确定第一搜索空间,具体地,第一搜索空间包括α
offset的取值集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1。
With reference to the second aspect of the present application, in the eighth implementation manner of the second aspect of the present application, the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information may be: the terminal device determines the second parameter α according to the search space indication information. Determining the value set of the offset and the value of the third parameter r max , and determining the first search space according to the value set of the α offset and the value of the r max . Specifically, the first search space includes each of the set of values of the α offset The search space corresponding to the value, the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, G is the RRC signaling configuration The parameter, G is greater than or equal to 1.
本实现方式提供了另一种根据搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间的具体方式,提高了方案的灵活性。This implementation provides another specific manner of determining the first search space according to the search space indication information, and improves the flexibility of the solution.
结合本申请第二方面,在本申请第二方面的第九种实现方式中,终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间具体可以是:终端设备根据搜索空间指示信息确定第一参数G的值,第二参数α
offset的取值集合和第三参数r
max的值,再根据G的值,α
offset的取值集 合和r
max的值确定第一搜索空间,具体地,第一搜索空间包括α
offset的取值集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G。
With reference to the second aspect of the present application, in a ninth implementation manner of the second aspect of the present application, the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information may be: the terminal device determines the first parameter G according to the search space indication information. The value of the second parameter α offset and the value of the third parameter r max , and then determine the first search space according to the value of G, the value set of α offset and the value of r max , specifically, the first search The space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values of the alpha offset , and the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G.
本实现方式提供了另一种根据搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间的具体方式,提高了方案的灵活性。This implementation provides another specific manner of determining the first search space according to the search space indication information, and improves the flexibility of the solution.
本申请第三方面提供了一种数据传输方法,该方法包括:网络设备向终端设备发送用于调度第一上行数据传输的第一DCI,第一DCI包括PUSCH的重复次数信息,然后,网络设备在第一搜索空间中发送用于对第一上行数据进行反馈和/或调度第二上行数据传输。The third aspect of the present application provides a data transmission method, the method includes: the network device sends, to the terminal device, a first DCI for scheduling a first uplink data transmission, where the first DCI includes a repetition quantity information of the PUSCH, and then the network device Sending in the first search space for feeding back the first uplink data and/or scheduling the second uplink data transmission.
需要说明的是,本实现方式中,第一搜索空间与PUSCH的重复次数信息对应,网络设备在发送第二DCI之前需要先确定第一搜索空间,具体可以在发送第一DCI之前,也可以在发送第一DCI之后。It should be noted that, in this implementation manner, the first search space corresponds to the repetition number information of the PUSCH, and the network device needs to determine the first search space before sending the second DCI, specifically before sending the first DCI, or After sending the first DCI.
还需要说明的是,在本实现方式中的PUSCH的重复次数信息还可以是其他类似的上行信道的重复次数信息。It should be noted that the repetition number information of the PUSCH in this implementation manner may also be information about the repetition times of other similar uplink channels.
本实现方式中,搜索空间可以随着重复次数信息动态变化而变化,即网络设备可以动态配置搜索空间,以适应重复次数信息的动态变化,从而在PUSCH的重复次数相对较小时,可以提前结束重复,避免资源浪费;在重复次数相对较大时,可以避免UE频繁的盲检测,节省资源。In this implementation manner, the search space may change dynamically as the number of repetitions information changes, that is, the network device may dynamically configure the search space to adapt to the dynamic change of the repetition number information, so that when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition may be terminated early. To avoid waste of resources; when the number of repetitions is relatively large, the UE can avoid frequent blind detection and save resources.
结合本申请第三方面,在本申请第三方面的第一种实现方式中,PUSCH的重复次数信息指示PUSCH的重复次数,第一搜索空间与PUSCH的重复次数信息对应具体指的是第一搜索空间与PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值对应,其中,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1。
With reference to the third aspect of the present application, in the first implementation manner of the third aspect of the present application, the repetition quantity information of the PUSCH indicates the number of repetitions of the PUSCH, and the correspondence between the first search space and the repetition number information of the PUSCH specifically refers to the first search. The ratio of the number of repetitions of the space and the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G, where r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by the RRC signaling, and G is a parameter of the RRC signaling configuration, and G is greater than or equal to 1.
其中,最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数可以理解为在一个搜索空间中重复传输物理下行控制信道的最大次数。The number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel can be understood as the maximum number of times the physical downlink control channel is repeatedly transmitted in one search space.
结合本申请第三方面的第一种实现方式,在本申请第三方面的第二种实现方式中,网络设备确定的第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
With reference to the first implementation manner of the third aspect of the present application, in a second implementation manner of the third aspect of the present application, the starting subframe of the first search space determined by the network device is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,α
offset=0;
Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,α Offset =0;
若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,β=1;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值,0<β<1。
If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max ·G is less than the first threshold, 0<β<1.
需要说明的是,r
max为无线资源控制RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,该r
max也是第一搜索空间对应的持续时长,根据第一搜索空间对应的起始子帧以及第一搜索空间对于的持续时长,即可确定第一搜索空间。
It should be noted that r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by the RRC signaling, and the r max is also the duration of the first search space, according to the initial subframe corresponding to the first search space and The first search space can determine the first search space for the duration of the search.
本实现方式提供了一种确定第一搜索空间的实现方式,提高了方案的可实现性。The implementation provides a method for determining the implementation of the first search space, and improves the achievability of the solution.
结合本申请第三方面的第一种实现方式,在本申请第三方面的第三种实现方式中,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其 中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,α
offset=0,若物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于第一门限,β=1;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于或等于第一门限值,则0<β<1。
With reference to the first implementation manner of the third aspect of the present application, in a third implementation manner of the third aspect of the present application, the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,α Offset =0, if the ratio of the repetition number of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is greater than the first threshold, β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to r max · G is less than or equal to the first threshold, then 0<β<1.
结合本申请第三方面的第一种实现方式,在本申请第三方面的第四种实现方式中,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,α
offset=0,若物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于或等于第二门限值,β=1;若物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,β=1;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于第二门限值且小于第一门限值,则0<β<1。
With reference to the first implementation manner of the third aspect of the present application, in a fourth implementation manner of the third aspect of the present application, the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,α Offset =0, if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is less than or equal to the second threshold, β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is greater than or equal to The first threshold value, β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max ·G is greater than the second threshold value and less than the first threshold value, then 0<β<1.
结合本申请第三方面的第一种实现方式,在本申请第三方面的第五种实现方式中,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,α
offset=0;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值,α
offset={0,u
1,u
2...u
n},其中n≥1,0<u
i<1,i为大于或等于1且小于或等于n的整数。
With reference to the first implementation manner of the third aspect of the present application, in a fifth implementation manner of the third aspect of the present application, the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, if PUSCH The ratio of the number of repetitions to the ratio of r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, α offset =0; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is less than the first threshold, α offset = {0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n }, where n ≥ 1, 0 < u i < 1, i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to n.
需要说明的是,r
max为无线资源控制RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,该r
max也是第一搜索空间对应的持续时长,根据第一搜索空间对应的起始子帧以及第一搜索空间对于的持续时长,即可确定第一搜索空间。
It should be noted that r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by the RRC signaling, and the r max is also the duration of the first search space, according to the initial subframe corresponding to the first search space and The first search space can determine the first search space for the duration of the search.
本实现方式提供了一种确定第一搜索空间的实现方式,提高了方案的可实现性。The implementation provides a method for determining the implementation of the first search space, and improves the achievability of the solution.
结合本申请第三方面的第一种实现方式,在本申请第三方面的第六种实现方式中,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于第一门限值,α
offset=0;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于或等于第一门限值,α
offset={0,u
1,u
2...u
n},其中n≥1,0<u
i<1,i为大于或等于1且小于或等于n的整数。
With reference to the first implementation manner of the third aspect of the present application, in a sixth implementation manner of the third aspect of the present application, the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, if PUSCH The ratio of the number of repetitions to r max · G is greater than the first threshold, α offset =0; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is less than or equal to the first threshold, α offset = {0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n }, where n ≥ 1, 0 < u i < 1, i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to n.
结合本申请第三方面的第一种实现方式,在本申请第三方面的第七种实现方式中,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于或等于第二门限值,α
offset=0;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,α
offset=0;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于第二门限值且小于第一门限值,α
offset={0,u
1,u
2...u
n},其中n≥1,0<u
i<1,i为大于或等于1且小于或等于n的整数。
With reference to the first implementation manner of the third aspect of the present application, in a seventh implementation manner of the third aspect of the present application, the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, if PUSCH The ratio of the number of repetitions to the ratio of r max · G is less than or equal to the second threshold value, α offset =0; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold value, α offset =0; The ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio r max · G is greater than the second threshold and less than the first threshold, α offset = {0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n }, where n ≥ 1 , 0 < u i <1, i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to n.
结合本申请第三方面,第三方面的第一至第七种实现方式中的任意一种实现方式,在本申请第一方面的第八种实现方式中,第一搜索空间不包括与第二搜索空间在时域上重叠的部分,第二搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f'为第二搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s'为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1,α
offset'=0。
With reference to the third aspect of the present application, any one of the first to the seventh implementation manners of the third aspect, in the eighth implementation manner of the first aspect of the present application, the first search space does not include the second The portion of the search space that overlaps in the time domain. The starting subframe of the second search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f ' is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the second search space is located, and n s ' is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, and G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, G is greater than or equal to 1, and α offset '=0.
本实现方式提供了另一种确定第一搜索空间的方式,提高了方案的灵活性。This implementation provides another way to determine the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
本申请第四方面提供了一种数据传输方法,该方法包括:网络设备向终端设备发送用于调度第一上行数据传输的第一DCI,然后,网络设备在第一搜索空间中发送用于对第一上行数据进行反馈和/或调度第二上行数据传输,其中,第一下行DCI包括搜索空间指示信息,该搜索空间指示信息用于终端设备确定第一搜索空间。A fourth aspect of the present application provides a data transmission method, where the method includes: the network device sends a first DCI for scheduling the first uplink data transmission to the terminal device, and then the network device sends the information in the first search space. The first uplink data performs feedback and/or schedules a second uplink data transmission, where the first downlink DCI includes search space indication information, and the search space indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the first search space.
具体地,在本实现方式中,网络设备在发送第二DCI之前需要先确定第一搜索空间,具体可以在发送第一DCI之前,也可以在发送第一DCI之后。Specifically, in the implementation, the network device needs to determine the first search space before sending the second DCI, and may be before sending the first DCI or after sending the first DCI.
本实现方式中,网络设备可以动态指示搜索空间,从而可以适应重复次数信息的动态变化,在PUSCH的重复次数相对较小时,提前结束重复,避免资源浪费;在重复次数相对较大时,避免UE频繁的盲检测,节省资源。In this implementation manner, the network device can dynamically indicate the search space, so that the dynamic change of the repetition number information can be adapted. When the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition is terminated in advance to avoid waste of resources; when the number of repetitions is relatively large, the UE is avoided. Frequent blind detection saves resources.
结合本申请第四方面,在本申请第四方面的第一种实现方式中,搜索空间指示信息指示终端设备从多个搜索空间中确定一个搜索空间为第一搜索空间,其中,本实现方式所说的多个搜索空间指的是网络设备通过RRC信令配置的多个搜索空间。With reference to the fourth aspect of the present application, in a first implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the present application, the search space indication information indicates that the terminal device determines one search space from the plurality of search spaces as the first search space, where the implementation manner is The multiple search spaces referred to refer to multiple search spaces configured by the network device through RRC signaling.
本实现方式提供了一种指示第一搜索空间的方式,提高了方案的可实现性。This implementation provides a way to indicate the first search space, which improves the achievability of the solution.
结合本申请第四方面,在本申请第四方面的第二种实现方式中,搜索空间指示信息指示终端设备从多个搜索空间中确定至少一个搜索空间,确定的至少一个搜索空间组合得到的搜索空间即为第一搜索空间,即第一搜索空间对应的时域位置是由搜索空间指示信息所指示的多个搜索空间中每一个搜索空间对应的时域位置叠加得到的,第一搜索空间在某一时刻的频域位置是由该时刻对应的多个搜索空间中的至少一个所对应的频域位置确定的,其中,本实现方式所说的多个搜索空间指的是网络设备通过RRC信令配置的多个搜索空间。With reference to the fourth aspect of the present application, in a second implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the present application, the search space indication information indicates that the terminal device determines at least one search space from the plurality of search spaces, and the determined search results of the at least one search space combination are obtained. The space is the first search space, that is, the time domain position corresponding to the first search space is obtained by superimposing the time domain position corresponding to each search space in the plurality of search spaces indicated by the search space indication information, and the first search space is The frequency domain location at a certain time is determined by the frequency domain location corresponding to at least one of the multiple search spaces corresponding to the time, wherein the multiple search spaces in the implementation manner refer to the network device passing the RRC letter. Make multiple search spaces configured.
本实现方式提供了另一种指示第一搜索空间的方式,提高了方案的灵活性。This implementation provides another way of indicating the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
结合本申请第四方面,在本申请第四方面的第三种实现方式中,搜索空间指示信息用于指示第一参数G的值,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:With reference to the fourth aspect of the present application, in a third implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the present application, the search space indication information is used to indicate a value of the first parameter G, where a starting subframe of the first search space is a sub- frame:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,α
offset=0。
Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,r Max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured for RRC signaling, α offset =0.
本实现方式提供了另一种指示第一搜索空间的具体方式,提高了方案的灵活性。This implementation provides another specific way of indicating the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
结合本申请第四方面,在本申请第四方面的第四种实现方式中,搜索空间指示信息用于指示第二参数α
offset的取值集合,第一搜索空间包括该取值集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1。
With reference to the fourth aspect of the present application, in a fourth implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the search space indication information is used to indicate a value set of the second parameter α offset , where the first search space includes each of the value sets. The search space corresponding to the value, the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, r max is RRC signaling The number of repetitions of the configured maximum physical downlink control channel, G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, and G is greater than or equal to 1.
本实现方式提供了另一种指示第一搜索空间的具体方式,提高了方案的灵活性。This implementation provides another specific way of indicating the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
结合本申请第四方面,在本申请第四方面的第五种实现方式中,搜索空间指示信息用于指示第三参数r
max的值,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1,α
offset=0。
With reference to the fourth aspect of the present application, in a fifth implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the search space indication information is used to indicate a value of the third parameter r max , where the starting subframe of the first search space is as follows Subframe: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,G The parameter configured for RRC signaling, G is greater than or equal to 1, and α offset =0.
本实现方式提供了另一种指示第一搜索空间的具体方式,提高了方案的灵活性。This implementation provides another specific way of indicating the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
结合本申请第四方面,在本申请第四方面的第六种实现方式中,搜索空间指示信息用于指示第一参数G的值和第二参数α
offset的取值集合,第一搜索空间包括α
offset的取值集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数。
With reference to the fourth aspect of the present application, in a sixth implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the search space indication information is used to indicate a value set of the first parameter G and a second parameter α offset , where the first search space includes The search space corresponding to each value in the value set of the α offset , and the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, r max is RRC signaling The number of repetitions of the configured maximum physical downlink control channel.
本实现方式提供了另一种指示第一搜索空间的具体方式,提高了方案的灵活性。This implementation provides another specific way of indicating the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
结合本申请第四方面,在本申请第四方面的第七种实现方式中,搜索空间指示信息用于指示第一参数G的值和第三参数r
max的值,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,α
offset=0。
With reference to the fourth aspect of the present application, in a seventh implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the search space indication information is used to indicate a value of the first parameter G and a value of the third parameter r max , the start of the first search space. A subframe is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,α Offset =0.
本实现方式提供了另一种指示第一搜索空间的具体方式,提高了方案的灵活性。This implementation provides another specific way of indicating the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
结合本申请第四方面,在本申请第四方面的第八种实现方式中,搜索空间指示信息用于指示第二参数α
offset的取值集合和第三参数r
max的值,第一搜索空间包括α
offset的取值集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1。
With reference to the fourth aspect of the present application, in an eighth implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the search space indication information is used to indicate a value set of the second parameter α offset and a value of the third parameter r max , the first search space. The search space corresponding to each value in the set of values of the alpha offset , the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, G is the RRC signaling configuration The parameter, G is greater than or equal to 1.
本实现方式提供了另一种指示第一搜索空间的具体方式,提高了方案的灵活性。This implementation provides another specific way of indicating the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
结合本申请第四方面,在本申请第四方面的第九种实现方式中,搜索空间指示信息用于指示第一参数G的值,第二参数α
offset的取值集合和第三参数r
max的值,第一搜索空间包括α
offset的取值集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G。
With reference to the fourth aspect of the present application, in a ninth implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the search space indication information is used to indicate a value of the first parameter G, a value set of the second parameter α offset , and a third parameter r max The value of the first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values of the alpha offset , and the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G.
本实现方式提供了另一种指示第一搜索空间的具体方式,提高了方案的灵活性。This implementation provides another specific way of indicating the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
本申请第五方面提供了一种通信设备,该通信设备具有实现上述第一方面中终端设备行为的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或 软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。A fifth aspect of the present application provides a communication device having a function of implementing the behavior of a terminal device in the above first aspect. This function can be implemented in hardware or in hardware by executing the corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
本申请第六方面提供了一种通信设备,该通信设备具有实现上述第二方面中终端设备行为的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。A sixth aspect of the present application provides a communication device having a function of implementing the behavior of a terminal device in the second aspect described above. This function can be implemented in hardware or in hardware by executing the corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
本申请第七方面提供了一种网络设备,该网络设备具有实现上述第三方面中网络设备行为的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。The seventh aspect of the present application provides a network device having a function of implementing the behavior of the network device in the foregoing third aspect. This function can be implemented in hardware or in hardware by executing the corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
本申请第八方面提供了一种网络设备,该网络设备具有实现上述第四方面中网络设备行为的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。The eighth aspect of the present application provides a network device, which has a function of implementing the behavior of the network device in the fourth aspect. This function can be implemented in hardware or in hardware by executing the corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the functions described above.
本申请第九方面提供了一种通信设备,该网络设备包括:处理器,存储器;A ninth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, where the network device includes: a processor, a memory;
存储器,用于存储程序;Memory for storing programs;
处理器,用于执行该程序,具体包括如上述第一方面或第二方面终端设备所执行的流程。The processor is configured to execute the program, and specifically includes the process performed by the terminal device as in the first aspect or the second aspect.
本申请第十方面提供了一种网络设备,该网络设备包括:处理器,存储器;A tenth aspect of the present application provides a network device, where the network device includes: a processor, a memory;
存储器,用于存储程序;Memory for storing programs;
处理器,用于执行该程序,具体包括如上述上述第三方面或第四方面网络设备所执行的流程。The processor is configured to execute the program, and specifically includes the process performed by the network device as described in the foregoing third aspect or fourth aspect.
本申请第十一方面提供了一种计算机存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如上述第一方面至第二方面的任一方法。An eleventh aspect of the present application provides a computer storage medium comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform any of the methods of the first aspect to the second aspect described above.
本申请第十二方面提供了一种计算机存储介质,包括指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如上述第三方面至第四方面的任一方法。A twelfth aspect of the present application provides a computer storage medium comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform any of the methods of the third to fourth aspects above.
本申请第十三方面提供了一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如上述第一方面至第二方面的任一方法。A thirteenth aspect of the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform any of the methods of the first aspect to the second aspect described above.
本申请第十四方面提供了一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如上述第三方面至第四方面的任一方法。A fourteenth aspect of the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform any of the methods of the third to fourth aspects above.
从以上技术方案可以看出,本申请实施例具有以下优点:As can be seen from the above technical solutions, the embodiments of the present application have the following advantages:
本申请实施例中,终端设备接收到网络设备发送的第一DCI后,根据该第一DCI中的物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息确定第一搜索空间,然后在该第一搜索空间中对第二DCI进行检测。即本申请中的终端设备可以根据上行信道的重复次数信息确定搜索空间,即本申请中搜索空间可以随着重复次数信息动态变化而变化,即网络设备可以动态配置搜索空间,以适应重复次数信息的动态变化,从而在PUSCH的重复次数相对较小时,可以提前结束重复,避免资源浪费;在重复次数相对较大时,可以避免UE频繁的盲检测,节省资源。In the embodiment of the present application, after receiving the first DCI sent by the network device, the terminal device determines the first search space according to the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel in the first DCI, and then in the first search space Two DCIs are tested. That is, the terminal device in the present application may determine the search space according to the repetition number information of the uplink channel, that is, the search space in the present application may change according to the dynamic change of the repetition number information, that is, the network device may dynamically configure the search space to adapt to the repetition number information. The dynamic change, so that when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition can be ended in advance to avoid waste of resources; when the number of repetitions is relatively large, the UE can avoid frequent blind detection and save resources.
图1为现有技术中USS的一个示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of a USS in the prior art;
图2为现有技术中USS的另一示意图;2 is another schematic diagram of a USS in the prior art;
图3为本申请实施例中数据传输系统的一个示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission system in an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例中数据传输方法的一个实施例流程图;4 is a flowchart of an embodiment of a data transmission method in an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例中搜索空间的一个示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a search space in an embodiment of the present application; FIG.
图6为本申请实施例中搜索空间的另一示意图;6 is another schematic diagram of a search space in an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例中数据传输方法的另一实施例流程图;FIG. 7 is a flowchart of another embodiment of a data transmission method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例中通信设备的一个实施例示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例中通信设备的一个实施例示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例中网络设备的一个实施例示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例中网络设备的一个实施例示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例中通信设备的一个实施例示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例中网络设备的一个实施例示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述,显然,所描述的实施例仅仅是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application are described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. It is obvious that the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present application, and not all of the embodiments.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“第四”等(如果存在)是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的数据在适当情况下可以互换,以便这里描述的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的内容以外的顺序实施。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "first", "second", "third", "fourth", etc. (if present) in the specification and claims of the present application and the above figures are used to distinguish similar objects without having to use To describe a specific order or order. It is to be understood that the data so used may be interchanged where appropriate so that the embodiments described herein can be implemented in a sequence other than what is illustrated or described herein. In addition, the terms "comprises" and "comprises" and "the" and "the" are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion, for example, a process, method, system, product, or device that comprises a series of steps or units is not necessarily limited to Those steps or units may include other steps or units not explicitly listed or inherent to such processes, methods, products or devices.
为了便于理解本申请实施例,下面先对本申请中数据传输方法所适用的系统架构进行介绍,如图3所示,基站301,第一终端设备302和第二终端设备303组成一个系统300,该系统中,第一终端设备302和第二终端设备303可以发送上行数据给基站301,基站301需要接收第一终端设备302和第二终端设备303发送的上行数据,并通过某种方式对该上行数据是否正确接收反馈给第一终端设备302和第二终端设备303。此外,第一终端设备302和第二终端设备303也可以组成一个系统200,在该系统中,第一终端设备302可以发送上行数据给第二终端设备303,第二终端设备303需要接收第一终端设备302发送的上行数据并通过某种方式对该上行数据是否正确接收反馈给第一终端设备302。除了上述系统300和200,本申请中的数据传输方法还可以适用于其他系统,只要该系统中存在实体需要发送上行数据,另一个实体需要接收上行数据,并通过某种发方式对该上行数据是否正确接收进行反馈即可。In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the system architecture applicable to the data transmission method in the present application is first introduced. As shown in FIG. 3, the base station 301, the first terminal device 302, and the second terminal device 303 form a system 300. In the system, the first terminal device 302 and the second terminal device 303 can send uplink data to the base station 301, and the base station 301 needs to receive the uplink data sent by the first terminal device 302 and the second terminal device 303, and the uplink is sent in some manner. Whether the data correctly receives feedback to the first terminal device 302 and the second terminal device 303. In addition, the first terminal device 302 and the second terminal device 303 can also form a system 200, in which the first terminal device 302 can send uplink data to the second terminal device 303, and the second terminal device 303 needs to receive the first The uplink data sent by the terminal device 302 is fed back to the first terminal device 302 by using the uplink data in a certain manner. In addition to the systems 300 and 200 described above, the data transmission method in the present application can also be applied to other systems, as long as the entity in the system needs to send uplink data, another entity needs to receive uplink data, and the uplink data is sent through some transmission method. Whether it is correctly received for feedback.
应理解,本申请实施例的技术方案还可以应用于多种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时 分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统或第五代移动通信技术(5th-generation,5G)等,需要说明的是,本申请实施例并不限定具体的通信系统。It should be understood that the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can also be applied to various communication systems, for example, a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, a code division multiple access (CDMA) system, and a broadband. Wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) System, LTE time division duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system or fifth generation mobile communication The technology (5th-generation, 5G) and the like, it should be noted that the embodiment of the present application does not limit a specific communication system.
应理解,本申请实施例中的终端设备包括但不限于移动台(mobile station,MS)、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动终端(mobile terminal)、移动电话(mobile telephone)、手机(handset)及便携设备(portable equipment)等,该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,例如,终端设备可以是移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)、具有无线通信功能的计算机等,终端设备还可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置。It should be understood that the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application includes, but is not limited to, a mobile station (MS), a user equipment (UE), a mobile terminal, a mobile telephone, and a mobile phone. And portable devices, etc., the terminal device can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (RAN), for example, the terminal device can be a mobile phone (or "cellular" "Telephone", a computer with wireless communication function, etc., the terminal device can also be a portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-integrated or in-vehicle mobile device.
应理解,本申请实施例中的网络设备是网络侧的一种用来发送或接收信号的实体,具体可以是基站或其他设备,其中,基站可以是GSM或CDMA中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(nodeB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(evolved node B,eNB或e-NodeB),或者是5G以及后续演进通信系统中的基站,本申请实施例并不限定。It should be understood that the network device in the embodiment of the present application is an entity for transmitting or receiving a signal on the network side, and may be a base station or other device, where the base station may be a base transceiver station in GSM or CDMA. The BTS) may also be a base station (nodeB) in WCDMA, or may be an evolved base station (evolved node B, eNB or e-NodeB) in LTE, or a base station in 5G and subsequent evolved communication systems. The example is not limited.
下面以LTE系统为例对本申请实施例适用的场景进行介绍。The LTE system is taken as an example to introduce the scenario applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
LTE可以支持机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC),应用于MTC的终端设备的接收带宽可能小于系统带宽,由于物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)占用的频带宽度可以是整个系统带宽,使得应用于MTC的终端设备可能无法接收承载在PDCCH中的下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI),因此,为了使得应用于MTC的终端设备能够正确接收DCI,LTE系统通过机器类型通信的物理下行控制信道(MTC physical downlink control channel,MPDCCH)承载DCI。The LTE can support the machine type communication (MTC). The receiving bandwidth of the terminal device applied to the MTC may be smaller than the system bandwidth. The bandwidth occupied by the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) may be the entire system bandwidth. Therefore, the terminal device applied to the MTC may not be able to receive downlink control information (DCI) carried in the PDCCH. Therefore, in order to enable the terminal device applied to the MTC to correctly receive the DCI, the LTE system communicates through the machine type. The MTC physical downlink control channel (MPDCCH) carries the DCI.
现有的MTC通信传输机制中,对于终端设备发送的上行数据,网络设备可向终端设备发送反馈信息,该反馈信息承载于DCI中,例如DCI格式6-0A或DCI格式6-0B,该反馈信息用于指示网络设备针对终端设备的上行数据是否正确接收。具体地,在DCI中包含1个比特的新数据指示(new data indicator,NDI),用于指示该DCI调度的上行或者下行数据是“新发送的数据”,还是“重传此进程上一次发送的数据”。从而网络设备对于物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)承载的上行数据是否正确接收的肯定应答(acknowledgment,ACK)或否定应答(negative acknowledgment,NACK)可以通过MPDCCH承载的DCI中的NDI比特来实现。网络设备可以向UE发送DCI,其包含的NDI比特如果和本HARQ进程上一次基站发送的DCI中的NDI比特相比发生了反转,则表示(上一次传输已经正确接收)UE需要发送新的上行数据;如果NDI比特没有发生反转,则表示(上一次传输没有正确接收)UE需要重发本HARQ进程上一次发送的数据。此外,ACK和NACK也可能用其他方式反馈,例如使用DCI格式6-0A或DCI格式6-0B中的1比特的ACK/NACK指示信息指示ACK或NACK,或者用该DCI中的一些特殊字段表示ACK/NACK反馈。In the existing MTC communication transmission mechanism, for the uplink data sent by the terminal device, the network device may send feedback information to the terminal device, where the feedback information is carried in the DCI, for example, DCI format 6-0A or DCI format 6-0B, the feedback The information is used to indicate whether the uplink data of the network device for the terminal device is correctly received. Specifically, a new data indicator (NDI) containing 1 bit in the DCI is used to indicate whether the uplink or downlink data of the DCI scheduling is “newly transmitted data” or “retransmit the last transmission of the process”. The data". Therefore, the acknowledgment (ACK) or the negative acknowledgment (NACK) of the network device for receiving the uplink data of the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) can pass the NDI bit in the DCI carried by the MPDCCH. to fulfill. The network device may send the DCI to the UE, if the NDI bit included is reversed compared with the NDI bit in the DCI sent by the base station in the current HARQ process, indicating that the last transmission has been correctly received, the UE needs to send a new one. Upstream data; if the NDI bit does not reverse, it means that the last time the transmission was not received correctly, the UE needs to resend the data sent by the current HARQ process. In addition, ACK and NACK may also be fed back in other manners, for example, using 1 bit of ACK/NACK indication information in DCI format 6-0A or DCI format 6-0B to indicate ACK or NACK, or using some special fields in the DCI. ACK/NACK feedback.
现有的MTC通信传输机制中,UE检测调度PUSCH传输的MPDCCH是可以在用户特定搜索空间(UE-specific search space,USS)里搜索的。类似PUSCH的重复发送,MPDCCH 也可以重复发送,一个MPDCCH无重复发送时长度为一个子帧,而一个MPDCCH的最大重复次数等于一个USS的时域长度。在一些方案中,USS的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:In the existing MTC communication transmission mechanism, the UE detects that the MPDCCH for scheduling PUSCH transmission can be searched in a UE-specific search space (USS). Similar to the repeated transmission of the PUSCH, the MPDCCH can also be repeatedly transmitted. The length of one MPDCCH without repeat transmission is one subframe, and the maximum number of repetitions of one MPDCCH is equal to the time domain length of one USS. In some aspects, the starting subframe of the USS is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
其中,mod表示取模运算,
表示对x进行下取整,n
f'为USS的起始子帧所在的无线帧的无线帧号,n
s'为该起始子帧包含的时隙(slot)在该无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,r
max即为MPDCCH的最大重复次数,由高层参数确定,G的数值也由高层参数确定,α
offset'=0。
Where mod represents the modulo operation, Indicates that the x is rounded down, n f ' is the radio frame number of the radio frame where the start subframe of the USS is located, and n s ' is the time slot of the start subframe included in the radio frame. The slot number, T=r max · G, r max is the maximum number of repetitions of the MPDCCH, determined by the higher layer parameters, and the value of G is also determined by the higher layer parameter, α offset '=0.
需要说明的是,每个无线帧包含10个子帧,每个子帧包含2个时隙,一个无线帧中的时隙号取值范围为0至19。对于任意一个无线帧中的子帧,如果该子帧对应的无线帧号以及该子帧包含的时隙的时隙号满足上述公式,则该子帧可以作为USS的起始子帧。It should be noted that each radio frame includes 10 subframes, each subframe includes 2 slots, and the slot number in one radio frame ranges from 0 to 19. For a subframe in any one of the radio frames, if the radio frame number corresponding to the subframe and the slot number of the slot included in the subframe satisfy the above formula, the subframe may serve as the starting subframe of the USS.
r
max为MPDCCH的最大重复次数,可以理解为在一个搜索空间中重复传输MPDCCH的最大次数,对于同一小区中所有UE而言r
max的取值是相同的,也即r
max是一个小区公共的数值,它的可取值具体可以是1,2,4,8,16,32,64,128或256。应理解,在一些方案中,r
max还可以是其他类似信道的最大重复次数,r
max的取值不限于上述几个取值。
r max is the maximum number of repetitions of the MPDCCH, which can be understood as the maximum number of repeated transmissions of the MPDCCH in one search space. For all UEs in the same cell, the value of r max is the same, that is, r max is common to one cell. The value, its value can be 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128 or 256. It should be understood that, in some aspects, r max may also be the maximum number of repetitions of other similar channels, and the value of r max is not limited to the above several values.
G的值大于等于1。具体地,对于频分双工(frequency division duplexing,FDD)模式,G的取值可以为1,1.5,2,2.5,4,5,8或10,对于时分双工(time division duplexing,TDD)模式,G的取值可以为1,2,4,5,8,10或20。The value of G is greater than or equal to 1. Specifically, for a frequency division duplexing (FDD) mode, the value of G may be 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 4, 5, 8, or 10 for time division duplexing (TDD). For the mode, the value of G can be 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10 or 20.
由此可见,上述方案中r
max和G均由高层参数确定,即由网络设备通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令配置,这是一种半静态的配置方案,如果要适应动态变化的PUSCH的重复次数,在该方案中只能通过RRC信令对USS在时域上的周期和/或持续时长进行调整,这种半静态的配置的调整方式效率较低,耗费的资源较大。
It can be seen that r max and G are determined by high-level parameters in the above solution, that is, the network device is configured by radio resource control (RRC) signaling, which is a semi-static configuration scheme, if it is to adapt to dynamics. The number of repetitions of the changed PUSCH. In this scheme, the period and/or duration of the USS in the time domain can only be adjusted through RRC signaling. This semi-static configuration is less efficient and consumes more resources. Big.
基于上述场景,本申请实施例提供了一种数据传输方法及相关装置,用于节约资源。下面以MPDCCH所在的USS为例,先对本申请中的数据传输方法进行介绍,请参阅图4,本申请实施例中数据传输方法的一个实施例包括:Based on the foregoing scenario, the embodiment of the present application provides a data transmission method and related device, which are used to save resources. The following takes the USS where the MPDCCH is located as an example. The data transmission method in this application is first introduced. Referring to FIG. 4, an embodiment of the data transmission method in the embodiment of the present application includes:
401、网络设备向终端设备发送第一下行控制信息。401. The network device sends the first downlink control information to the terminal device.
当网络设备调度UE进行PUSCH传输时,还会指示该次PUSCH传输的重复次数,具体地,网络设备向终端设备发送第一下行控制信息,该第一下行控制信息用于调度第一上行数据传输,并且包括PUSCH的重复次数信息。When the network device schedules the UE to perform PUSCH transmission, it also indicates the number of repetitions of the PUSCH transmission. Specifically, the network device sends the first downlink control information to the terminal device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink. Data transmission, and includes information on the number of repetitions of the PUSCH.
其中,PUSCH的重复次数信息用于指示PUSCH的重复次数,也就是用于指示UE重复传输第一上行数据的次数。The number of repetitions of the PUSCH is used to indicate the number of repetitions of the PUSCH, that is, the number of times the UE is repeatedly transmitted to transmit the first uplink data.
应理解,网络设备预先通过RRC信令为终端设备配置了一个PUSCH的最大重复次数,下行控制信息中指示的重复次数小于或等于该最大重复次数,而对于不同的终端设备,网络设备通过下行控制信息指示的重复次数可以相同也可以不同。It should be understood that the network device configures a maximum number of repetitions of a PUSCH for the terminal device by using RRC signaling in advance, and the number of repetitions indicated in the downlink control information is less than or equal to the maximum number of repetitions, and for different terminal devices, the network device passes the downlink control. The number of repetitions of the information indication may be the same or different.
作为一种可选的方式,本申请中的第一下行控制信息的格式可以是6-0A(DCI format 6-0A),或者是6-0B(DCI format 6-0B),其中,DCI format 6-0A用于调度覆盖增强模式A(coverage enhancement mode A,CE Mode A)的UE,DCI format 6-0B用于调度覆盖增强模式B(coverage enhancement mode B,CE Mode B)的UE。As an optional manner, the format of the first downlink control information in this application may be 6-0A (DCI format 6-0A) or 6-0B (DCI format 6-0B), where DCI format 6-0A is used for scheduling UEs with coverage enhancement mode A (CE Mode A), and DCI format 6-0B is used for scheduling UEs with coverage enhancement mode B (CE Mode B).
对于CE Mode A的UE,网络设备可以通过第一下行控制信息中的2比特的PUSCH的重 复次数信息指示该UE当次PUSCH的重复次数,对于CE Mode B的UE,网络设备可以通过3比特的PUSCH的重复次数信息指示该UE当次PUSCH的重复次数,具体的指示方式如下表1和表2所示。该PUSCH的重复次数信息可以指示一个重复等级,而该重复等级与PUSCH的重复次数对应。For the UE of the CE Mode A, the network device may indicate the number of repetitions of the secondary PUSCH of the UE by using the repetition number information of the 2-bit PUSCH in the first downlink control information, and the UE may pass the 3-bit for the UE of the CE Mode B. The repetition number information of the PUSCH indicates the number of repetitions of the secondary PUSCH of the UE, and the specific indication manners are as shown in Table 1 and Table 2 below. The repetition number information of the PUSCH may indicate a repetition level, and the repetition level corresponds to the number of repetitions of the PUSCH.
CE Mode A的UE对应的PUSCH的最大重复次数Maximum number of repetitions of PUSCH corresponding to the UE of CE Mode A | {n 1,n 2,n 3,n 4} {n 1 ,n 2 ,n 3 ,n 4 } |
未配置Not configured | {1,2,4,8}{1,2,4,8} |
1616 | {1,4,8,16}{1,4,8,16} |
3232 | {1,4,16,32}{1,4,16,32} |
表1Table 1
CE Mode B的UE对应的PUSCH的最大重复次数Maximum number of repetitions of the PUSCH corresponding to the UE of CE Mode B | {n 1,n 2,n 3,n 4,n 5,n 6,n 7,n 8} {n 1 ,n 2 ,n 3 ,n 4 ,n 5 ,n 6 ,n 7 ,n 8 } |
未配置Not configured | {4,8,16,32,64,128,256,512}{4,8,16,32,64,128,256,512} |
192192 | {1,4,8,16,32,64,128,192}{1,4,8,16,32,64,128,192} |
256256 | {4,8,16,32,64,128,192,256}{4,8,16,32,64,128,192,256} |
384384 | {4,16,32,64,128,192,256,384}{4,16,32,64,128,192,256,384} |
512512 | {4,16,64,128,192,256,384,512}{4,16,64,128,192,256,384,512} |
768768 | {8,32,128,192,256,384,512,768}{8,32,128,192,256,384,512,768} |
10241024 | {4,8,16,64,128,256,512,1024}{4,8,16,64,128,256,512,1024} |
表2Table 2
以CE Mode B为例,若网络设备为UE配置的PUSCH最大重复次数为1024,且DCI format 6-0b中3比特的信息(PUSCH的重复次数信息)指示为n
5,则对照表2可知,该次PUSCH的重复次数为128。
Taking CE Mode B as an example, if the maximum number of repetitions of the PUSCH configured by the network device for the UE is 1024, and the information of the 3-bit in the DCI format 6-0b (the number of repetitions of the PUSCH) is indicated as n 5 , then Table 2 shows that The number of repetitions of this PUSCH is 128.
需要说明的是,本实施例中PUSCH的重复次数信息除了用于指示PUSCH的重复次数,还用于终端设备根据该重复次数信息确定第一搜索空间。It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the PUSCH repetition number information is used by the terminal device to determine the first search space according to the repetition number information, in addition to indicating the number of repetitions of the PUSCH.
还需要说明的是,第一下行控制信息包括的重复次数信息除了可以是PUSCH的重复次数信息,还可以是其他类似的上行信道的重复次数信息,本实施例仅以PUSCH的重复复次数信息为例进行说明,并不构成对本申请的限定。It should be noted that the repetition number information included in the first downlink control information may be the repetition number information of the PUSCH, and may be the repetition number information of other similar uplink channels. The description is made by way of example and does not constitute a limitation of the application.
402、网络设备确定第一搜索空间。402. The network device determines a first search space.
本申请实施例中的第一搜索空间与PUSCH的重复次数之间存在关联关系,即第一搜索空间与PUSCH的重复次数信息对应,具体地,网络设备可以在确定PUSCH的重复次数之后,根据该PUSCH的重复次数确定第一搜索空间,也可以是网络设备确定第一搜索空间后,再根据该第一搜索空间确定PUSCH的重复次数。There is a relationship between the first search space and the number of repetitions of the PUSCH in the embodiment of the present application, that is, the first search space corresponds to the number of repetitions of the PUSCH. Specifically, the network device may determine the number of repetitions of the PUSCH according to the The number of repetitions of the PUSCH determines the first search space, and may be determined by the network device after determining the first search space, and then determining the number of repetitions of the PUSCH according to the first search space.
作为一种可选的方式,第一搜索空间与PUSCH的重复次数信息对应可以是重复次数信息所指示的重复次数与r
max·G的比值与第一搜索空间对应。
As an alternative manner, the first search space corresponding to the repetition number information of the PUSCH may be that the ratio of the number of repetitions indicated by the repetition number information to the ratio of r max ·G corresponds to the first search space.
其中,r
max即网络设备通过RRC信令为UE配置的最大物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)的重复次数,最大PDCCH的重复次数可以理解为在搜索空间中重复传输PDCCH的最大次数,PDCCH具体可以是MTC场景中的MPDCCH,或者是其他类似的下行信道,具体本申请不作限定。
r max is the maximum number of repetitions of the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) that the network device configures for the UE through RRC signaling. The maximum number of repetitions of the PDCCH can be understood as the maximum number of times the PDCCH is repeatedly transmitted in the search space. The PDCCH may be an MPDCCH in the MTC scenario, or other similar downlink channels, which is not limited in this application.
G为网络设备通过RRC信令配置的参数,具体地,对于FDD模式,G的取值可以为1,1.5,2,2.5,4,5,8,10或其他数值,对于TDD模式,G的取值可以为1,2,4,5,8,10,20或其他数值,具体本申请不作限定。G is a parameter configured by the network device through RRC signaling. Specifically, for the FDD mode, the value of G may be 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 4, 5, 8, 10 or other values. For the TDD mode, G The value may be 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 20 or other values, which is not limited in this application.
作为一种可选的方式,网络设备确定的第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:As an optional manner, the starting subframe of the first search space determined by the network device is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,α
offset=0,则上述公式还可以等价为如下公式:
Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,α Offset =0, the above formula can also be equivalent to the following formula:
在上述公式(1)中,β具体的值由PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值所确定,具体通过如下方式任意一种方式:
In the above formula (1), the specific value of β is determined by the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G, specifically by any of the following methods:
方式1:若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,则β=1;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值,则0<β<1。
Manner 1: If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is less than the first threshold, then 0 <β<1.
具体地,当PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值时,可以针对比值所在的不同区间设定不同的目标值:若PUSCH的重复次数v与r
max·G的比值在第一区间[k
1,k
0),则β等于第一目标值u
1,若PUSCH的重复次数v与r
max·G的比值在第二区间[k
2,k
1),则β等于第二目标值u
2,具体如下公式所示:
Specifically, when the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is less than the first threshold, different target values may be set for different intervals in which the ratio is located: if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G In the first interval [k 1 , k 0 ), β is equal to the first target value u 1 , and if the ratio of the number of repetitions v of the PUSCH to r max · G is in the second interval [k 2 , k 1 ), β is equal to The second target value u 2 is as follows:
应理解,第一门限值以及不同区间值对应的目标值都是预先设定的,或者可以是通过RRC信令配置给终端设备的,具体取值可以依据经验值设定,或者依据其他方式设定,具体本申请不作限定。It should be understood that the first threshold value and the target value corresponding to the different interval values are all preset, or may be configured to the terminal device through RRC signaling, and the specific value may be set according to the empirical value, or according to other methods. The setting is not limited in this application.
如图5所示,图5为k
0=2(即第一门限值为2),k
1=1,k
2=0.5,u
1=0.5,u
2=0.25时,第一搜索空间的一个示例:网络设备通过RRC信令配置的最大MPDCCH的重复次数为64(即r
max=64),G=10,如果重复次数信息指示的PUSCH重复次数为2048(v=2048),由于2048/(64*10)=3.2,即v/(G·r
max)≥k
0,则β=1,第一搜索空间如图5所示;如果重复次数信息指示的PUSCH重复次数为1024,(v=1024),由于1024/(64*10)=1.6,即k
1≤v/(G·r
max)<k
0,则β=0.5,第一搜索空间如图5所示;如果重复次数指示信息的PUSCH为512(v=512),由于512/(64*10)=0.8,即k
2≤v/(G·r
max)<k
1,则β=0.25,第一搜索空间如图5所示。如图5所示,无论重复次数信息所指示的重复次数是多少,都可以提前结束重复并且避免UE频繁的盲检测,节省资源。
As shown in FIG. 5, FIG. 5 shows that k 0 = 2 (ie, the first threshold is 2), k 1 =1, k 2 = 0.5, u 1 = 0.5, and u 2 = 0.25, the first search space An example: the maximum number of repetitions of the maximum MPDCCH configured by the network device through RRC signaling is 64 (ie, r max =64), G=10, and if the number of repetitions of the PUSCH indicated by the repetition number information is 2048 (v=2048), since 2048/ (64*10)=3.2, that is, v/(G·r max )≥k 0 , then β=1, the first search space is as shown in FIG. 5; if the repetition number information indicates the number of PUSCH repetitions is 1024, (v = 1024), since 1024 / (64 * 10) = 1.6, that is, k 1 ≤ v / (G · r max ) < k 0 , then β = 0.5, the first search space is shown in Figure 5; if the number of repetitions is indicated The PUSCH of the information is 512 (v=512). Since 512/(64*10)=0.8, that is, k 2 ≤v/(G·r max )<k 1 , then β=0.25, the first search space is shown in FIG. 5 . Shown. As shown in FIG. 5, regardless of the number of repetitions indicated by the repetition number information, the repetition can be ended early and the UE is prevented from being blindly detected frequently, thereby saving resources.
方式2:若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于第一门限值,则β=1;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于或等于第一门限值,则0<β<1。
Mode 2: If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is greater than the first threshold, β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is less than or equal to the first threshold, then 0 <β<1.
具体地,当PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值时,可以针对比值所在 的不同区间设定不同的目标值,具体与上述方式1所描述的过程类似,此次不再赘述。
Specifically, when the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is less than the first threshold, different target values may be set for different intervals in which the ratio is located, which is similar to the process described in the above manner 1 No longer.
方式3:若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于或等于第二门限值,则β=1;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,则β=1;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于第二门限值且小于第一门限值,则0<β<1。
Manner 3: If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is less than or equal to the second threshold, β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, Then β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max ·G is greater than the second threshold and less than the first threshold, then 0<β<1.
具体地,当PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于第二门限值且小于第一门限值时,可以针对比值所在的不同区间设定不同的目标值,具体与上述方式1所描述的过程类似,此次不再赘述。该方法可以避免PUSCH重复次数过小(PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值)时让终端设备频繁检测MPDCCH;当PUSCH重复次数较小时,传输PUSCH所占用的上行时频资源和能耗都较小,即使不进行PUSCH的提前反馈也不会造成明显的资源和能耗浪费,并且能避免增大终端设备的盲检MPDCCH的开销。
Specifically, when the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is greater than the second threshold and less than the first threshold, different target values may be set for different intervals in which the ratio is located, specifically in the manner 1 above. The process of description is similar and will not be repeated here. The method can prevent the terminal device from detecting the MPDCCH frequently when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is too small (the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is less than the first threshold); and when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is small, when the uplink of the PUSCH is used The frequency resource and the power consumption are both small, and even if the PUSCH is not fed back in advance, it will not cause significant waste of resources and energy, and can avoid increasing the overhead of blind detection MPDCCH of the terminal device.
方式4:若PUSCH的重复次数小于或等于第二门限值,则β=1;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,则β=1;若PUSCH的重复次数大于第二门限值且PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值,则0<β<1。
Mode 4: If the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is less than or equal to the second threshold, β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max ·G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, β=1; if PUSCH If the number of repetitions is greater than the second threshold and the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is less than the first threshold, then 0 < β < 1.
具体地,当PUSCH的重复次数大于第二门限值且PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值时,可以针对比值所在的不同区间设定不同的目标值,具体与上述方式1所描述的过程类似,此次不再赘述。该方法可以避免PUSCH重复次数过小(PUSCH的重复次数小于第一门限值)时让终端设备频繁检测MPDCCH;当PUSCH重复次数较小时,传输PUSCH所占用的上行时频资源和能耗都较小,即使不进行PUSCH的提前反馈也不会造成明显的资源和能耗浪费,并且能避免增大终端设备的盲检MPDCCH的开销。
Specifically, when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is greater than the second threshold and the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is less than the first threshold, different target values may be set for different intervals in which the ratio is located, specifically The process described in the above mode 1 is similar, and will not be described again. The method can prevent the terminal equipment from detecting the MPDCCH frequently when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is too small (the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is less than the first threshold); when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is small, the uplink time-frequency resources and energy consumption occupied by the PUSCH are compared. Small, even if the PUSCH's early feedback is not performed, it will not cause obvious waste of resources and energy, and can avoid increasing the overhead of blind detection MPDCCH of the terminal device.
方式5:若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第二门限值,则β>1,若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第二门限值且大于或等于第一门限值,则β=1,若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值,则0<β<1。
Manner 5: If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is greater than or equal to the second threshold, β>1, if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max ·G is less than the second threshold and is greater than or If it is equal to the first threshold, then β=1. If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max ·G is less than the first threshold, then 0<β<1.
具体地,当PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第二门限值时,可以针对比值所在的区间设定不同的目标值,具体与上述方式1所描述的过程类似,此次不再赘述。当PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值时,可以针对比值所在的不同区间设定不同的目标值,具体与上述方式1所描述的过程类似,此次不再赘述。该方法中β的取值可以大于1,可以更灵活地调整MPDCCH的检测周期,在PUSCH重复次数较大时可以进一步减少终端设备的盲检MPDCCH的开销。
Specifically, when the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is greater than or equal to the second threshold, different target values may be set for the interval in which the ratio is located, which is similar to the process described in the above manner 1. I will not repeat them later. When the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is less than the first threshold, different target values may be set for different intervals in which the ratio is located, which is similar to the process described in the above manner 1 and will not be described again. . In this method, the value of β can be greater than 1, and the detection period of the MPDCCH can be adjusted more flexibly. When the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is large, the overhead of the blind detection MPDCCH of the terminal device can be further reduced.
应理解,除了上述几种方式,β的取值还可以通过其他方式确定,具体本申请不作限定。It should be understood that, in addition to the above manners, the value of β may be determined by other means, which is not limited in this application.
作为一种可选的方式,网络设备确定的第一搜索空间的起始子帧还可以是满足如下公式的子帧:As an optional manner, the starting subframe of the first search space determined by the network device may also be a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,α
offset对应的取值集合由重复次数与r
max·G的比值所确定,具体通过如下方式任意一种方式:
Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,α The set of values corresponding to the offset is determined by the ratio of the number of repetitions to the ratio of r max · G, in any of the following ways:
方式1:若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,则α
offset=0;若 PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值,则α
offset={0,u
1,u
2...u
n},其中,n≥1,0<u
i<1,i为大于或等于1且小于或等于n的整数。
Manner 1: If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, α offset =0; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is less than the first threshold, then α offset = {0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n }, where n ≥ 1 , 0 < u i < 1, i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to n.
具体地,α
offset=0时,上述公式(2)可以等价于如下公式:
Specifically, when α offset =0, the above formula (2) can be equivalent to the following formula:
α
offset={0,u
1,u
2...u
n}时,表示在上述公式(2)中α
ofset可以取多个值,而第一搜索空间包括α
offset的每一个取值对应的搜索空间,即第一搜索空间的起始子帧包括满足如下n+1个公式中任意一个公式的子帧:
When α offset = {0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n }, it means that α of set can take a plurality of values in the above formula (2), and the first search space includes each value corresponding to α offset The search space, that is, the start subframe of the first search space includes a subframe that satisfies any one of the following n+1 formulas:
对于α
offset具体对应的取值集合,可以针对比值所在的不同区间设定不同的取值集合:若PUSCH的重复次数v与r
max·G的比值在第一区间[k
1,k
0),则α
offset={0,u
1},若PUSCH的重复次数v与r
max·G的比值在第二区间[k
2,k
1),则α
offset={0,u
1,u
2,u
3},具体如下公式所示:
For the set of values corresponding to the α offset , different sets of values may be set for different intervals in which the ratio is located: if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is in the first interval [k 1 , k 0 ), Then α offset = {0, u 1 }, if the ratio of the number of repetitions v of the PUSCH to r max · G is in the second interval [k 2 , k 1 ), then α offset = {0, u 1 , u 2 , u 3 }, as shown in the following formula:
应理解,第一门限值以及不同区间值对应的取值集合都是预先设定的,或者可以是通过RRC信令配置给终端设备的,具体取值可以依据经验值设定,或者依据其他方式设定,具体本申请不作限定。It should be understood that the first threshold value and the value set corresponding to different interval values are preset, or may be configured to the terminal device through RRC signaling, and the specific value may be set according to an empirical value, or according to other Mode setting, specifically this application is not limited.
如图6所示,图6为k
0=2(即第一门限值为2),k
1=1,k
2=0.5,u
1=0.5,u
2=0.25,u
3=0.75时,第一搜索空间的一个示例:网络设备通过RRC信令配置的最大MPDCCH的重复次数为64(即r
max=64),G=10,如果重复次数信息指示的PUSCH重复次数为2048(v=2048),由于2048/(64*10)=3.2,即v/(G·r
max)≥k
0,则α
offset=0,第一搜索空间如图6所示;如果重复次数信息指示的PUSCH重复次数为1024,(v=1024),由于1024/(64*10)=1.6,即k
1≤v/(G·r
max)<k
0,则α
offset={0,0.5},第一搜索空间如图6所示;如果重复次数指示信息的PUSCH为512(v=512),由于512/(64*10)=0.8,即k
2≤v/(G·r
max)<k
1,则α
offset={0,0.5,0.25,0.75},第一搜索空间如图6所示。如图6所示,无论重复次数信息所指示的重复次数是多少,都可以提前结束重复并且避免UE频繁的盲检测,节省资源。
As shown in FIG. 6, FIG. 6 shows that k 0 = 2 (ie, the first threshold is 2), k 1 =1, k 2 = 0.5, u 1 = 0.5, u 2 = 0.25, and u 3 = 0.75. An example of the first search space: the maximum number of repetitions of the maximum MPDCCH configured by the network device through RRC signaling is 64 (ie, r max =64), G=10, and if the number of repetitions of the PUSCH indicated by the repetition number information is 2048 (v=2048) ), since 2048/(64*10)=3.2, that is, v/(G·r max ) ≥ k 0 , α offset =0, the first search space is as shown in FIG. 6; if the PUSCH repetition indicated by the repetition number information The number of times is 1024, (v = 1024), since 1024 / (64 * 10) = 1.6, that is, k 1 ≤ v / (G · r max ) < k 0 , then α offset = { 0 , 0.5}, the first search The space is as shown in FIG. 6; if the PUSCH of the repetition number indication information is 512 (v=512), since 512/(64*10)=0.8, that is, k 2 ≤v/(G·r max )<k 1 , then α offset = {0, 0.5, 0.25, 0.75}, the first search space is shown in Figure 6. As shown in FIG. 6, regardless of the number of repetitions indicated by the repetition number information, the repetition can be ended early and the UE is prevented from being blindly detected frequently, thereby saving resources.
方式2:若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于第一门限值,则α
offset=0;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于或等于第一门限值,则α
ofset={0,u
1,u
2...u
n},其中,n≥1,0<u
i<1,i为大于或等于1且小于或等于n的整数。
Manner 2: if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is greater than the first threshold, α offset =0; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is less than or equal to the first threshold, then α ofset = {0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n }, where n ≥ 1 , 0 < u i < 1, i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to n.
具体地,当PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限时,可以针对比值所在的区间设定不同的取值集合,具体与上述方式1所描述的过程类似,此次不再赘述。
Specifically, when the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, different sets of values may be set for the interval in which the ratio is located, which is similar to the process described in the above manner 1 No longer.
方式3:若PUSCH的重复次数小于与r
max·G的比值小于或等于第二门限值,则
若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,则β=1;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于第二门限值且小于第一门限值,则
其中,n≥1,0<u
i<1,i为大于或等于1且小于或等于n的整数。
Manner 3: If the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is less than the ratio of r max · G is less than or equal to the second threshold, then If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is greater than the second threshold and less than the first threshold Value, then Wherein n≥1, 0<u i <1, i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to n.
具体地,当PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第二门限值且小于第一门限值时,可以针对比值所在的区间设定不同的取值集合,具体与上述方式1所描述的过程类似,此次不再赘述。
Specifically, when the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is greater than or equal to the second threshold and less than the first threshold, different sets of values may be set for the interval in which the ratio is located, specifically in the manner described above. The process described in 1 is similar and will not be repeated here.
方式4:若PUSCH的重复次数小于或等于第二门限值,则α
ofset=0;若PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,则α
ofset=0;若PUSCH的重复次数大于第二门限值且PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值,则α
offset={0,u
1,u
2...u
n},其中,n≥1,0<u
i<1,i为大于或等于1且小于或等于n的整数。
Mode 4: If the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is less than or equal to the second threshold, α ofset =0; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, α ofset =0; If the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is greater than the second threshold and the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is less than the first threshold, α offset = {0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n }, where , n≥1, 0<u i <1, i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to n.
具体地,当PUSCH的重复次数大于第二门限值且PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值时,可以针对比值所在的区间设定不同的取值集合,具体与上述方式1所描述的过程类似,此次不再赘述。
Specifically, when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is greater than the second threshold and the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G is less than the first threshold, different sets of values may be set for the interval in which the ratio is located, specifically The process described in the above mode 1 is similar, and will not be described again.
应理解,除了上述几种方式,α
offset对应的取值集合还可以通过其他方式确定,具体本申请不作限定。
It should be understood that, in addition to the above manners, the set of values corresponding to the α offset may be determined by other methods, which is not limited in this application.
作为一种可选的方式,网络设备在确定第一搜索空间之前,还会确定第二搜索空间,具体地,第二搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:As an optional manner, the network device further determines the second search space before determining the first search space. Specifically, the starting subframe of the second search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
其中,n
f'为第二搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s'为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,α
offset'=0。
Where n f ' is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the second search space is located, and n s ' is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G , α offset '=0.
本实施例中,网络设备确定的第一搜索空间不包括与第二搜索空间在时域上重叠的部分。具体地,网络设备可以确定所有起始子帧满足上述公式(1)或公式(2)的目标搜索空间,然后将目标搜索空间与第二搜索空间在时域上不重叠的部分作为第一搜索空间。In this embodiment, the first search space determined by the network device does not include a portion overlapping with the second search space in the time domain. Specifically, the network device may determine that all the starting subframes satisfy the target search space of the above formula (1) or formula (2), and then use the portion of the target search space and the second search space that does not overlap in the time domain as the first search. space.
应理解,网络设备还会配置检测搜索空间的窄带(narrowband,NB),一个NB占连续的6个资源块(resource block,RB),本实施例中,网络设备为第一搜索空间配置的NB与网络设备为第二搜索配置的NB可以相同也可以不同,具体本申请不作限定。It should be understood that the network device is also configured with a narrowband (NB) for detecting the search space, and one NB occupies six consecutive resource blocks (RBs). In this embodiment, the network device is configured as the NB of the first search space. The NB configured for the second search of the network device may be the same or different, and is not limited in this application.
403、终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一下行控制信息。403. The terminal device receives the first downlink control information that is sent by the network device.
网络设备向终端设备发送第一下行控制信息后,终端设备接收该第一下行控制信息,终端设备根据该第一下行控制信息在PUSCH上重复传输第一上行数据。After the network device sends the first downlink control information to the terminal device, the terminal device receives the first downlink control information, and the terminal device repeatedly transmits the first uplink data on the PUSCH according to the first downlink control information.
404、终端设备根据物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息确定第一搜索空间。404. The terminal device determines, according to the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel, the first search space.
终端设备在PUSCH上重复传输第一上行数据的同时,或者在传输第一上行数据之前,还会根据第一下行控制信息中PUSCH的重复信息所指示的PUSCH的重复次数确定第一搜索空间。The terminal device determines the first search space when the first uplink data is repeatedly transmitted on the PUSCH, or before the first uplink data is transmitted, according to the repetition number of the PUSCH indicated by the repetition information of the PUSCH in the first downlink control information.
具体地,终端设备可以根据该PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值确定第一搜索空间。
Specifically, the terminal device may determine the first search space according to the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max ·G.
作为一种可选的方式,终端设备根据该PUSCH的重复次数与r
max·G的比值确定第一搜索空间的起始子帧可以是满足上述公式(1)的子帧,或者是满足上述公式(2)的子帧。
As an optional manner, the terminal device determines, according to the ratio of the number of repetitions of the PUSCH to the ratio of r max · G, that the starting subframe of the first search space may be a subframe that satisfies the above formula (1), or satisfies the above formula. (2) Subframe.
作为另一种可选的方式,终端设备在确定第一搜索空间之前,还会确定第二搜索空间,具体地,第二搜索空间的起始子帧为满足上述公式(3)的子帧。本实施例中,网络设备根据重复次数与r
max·G的比值确定的第一搜索空间不包括与第二搜索空间在时域上重叠的部分,具体地,终端设备可以确定所有起始子帧满足上述公式(1)或公式(2)的目标搜索空间,然后将目标搜索空间与第二搜索空间在时域上不重叠的部分作为第一搜索空间。
In another optional manner, the terminal device further determines the second search space before determining the first search space. Specifically, the starting subframe of the second search space is a subframe that satisfies the above formula (3). In this embodiment, the first search space determined by the network device according to the ratio of the number of repetitions to the ratio r max · G does not include a portion overlapping with the second search space in the time domain. Specifically, the terminal device may determine all the starting subframes. The target search space that satisfies the above formula (1) or formula (2) is used, and then the portion where the target search space and the second search space do not overlap in the time domain is taken as the first search space.
405、网络设备在第一搜索空间中发送第二下行控制信息。405. The network device sends the second downlink control information in the first search space.
网络设备确定第一搜索空间后,在第一搜索空间中发送第二下行控制信息,第二下行控制信息用于对第一上行数据进行反馈和/或调度第二上行数据传输。After the network device determines the first search space, the second downlink control information is sent in the first search space, and the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule the second uplink data transmission.
应理解,终端设备接收第一下行控制信息后,会在PUSCH上重复传输第一上行数据,网络设备会向终端设备发送针对该次传输的反馈信息,该反馈信息承载在下行控制信息(第二下行控制信息)中,具体地,如果第二DCI包含的NDI比特和第一DCI包含的NDI发生了翻转,则表示第一上行数据已经正确接收,UE需要发送新的上行数据(第二上行数据);如果NDI比特没有发生反转,则表示上一次传输没有正确接收,UE需要重发第一上行数据。在另一些实施例中,第二DCI中也可以包括一个ACK/NACK指示比特,示例性地,该指示比特为“0”时表示第一上行数据已经正确接收,该指示比特为“1”时表示第一上行数据没有正确接收;或者,可以通过第二DCI中的一些字段的无效状态对第一上行数据进行反馈,示例性地,第二DCI格式为DCI格式6-0A,则可以通过DCI格式6-0A中的资源分配字段的一个无效状态表示第一上行数据已经正确接收,用另一个无效状态表示第一上行数据没有正确接收。It should be understood that, after receiving the first downlink control information, the terminal device repeatedly transmits the first uplink data on the PUSCH, and the network device sends the feedback information for the transmission to the terminal device, where the feedback information is carried in the downlink control information. In the second downlink control information, specifically, if the NDI bit included in the second DCI and the NDI included in the first DCI are reversed, it indicates that the first uplink data has been correctly received, and the UE needs to send new uplink data (the second uplink). Data); if the NDI bit does not reverse, it means that the previous transmission was not received correctly, and the UE needs to retransmit the first uplink data. In other embodiments, the second DCI may also include an ACK/NACK indication bit. For example, when the indication bit is “0”, it indicates that the first uplink data has been correctly received, and when the indication bit is “1”, Indicates that the first uplink data is not correctly received. Alternatively, the first uplink data may be fed back through an invalid state of some fields in the second DCI. For example, the second DCI format is DCI format 6-0A, and the DCI may pass the DCI. An invalid state of the resource allocation field in format 6-0A indicates that the first uplink data has been correctly received, and another invalid state indicates that the first uplink data was not correctly received.
还应理解,本实施例中,第二下行控制信息的格式与第一下行控制信息相同,例如同为DCI格式6-0A或同为DCI格式6-0B,在另一些实施例中,第二下行控制信息的格式也可以与第一下行控制信息不相同,具体本申请不作限定。It should be further understood that, in this embodiment, the format of the second downlink control information is the same as the first downlink control information, for example, the same as the DCI format 6-0A or the DCI format 6-0B. In other embodiments, The format of the second downlink control information may also be different from the first downlink control information, which is not limited in this application.
406、终端设备在第一搜索空间中检测第二下行控制信息。406. The terminal device detects second downlink control information in the first search space.
网络设备发送第二下行控制信息,且终端设备确定第一搜索空间后,终端设备在确定的第一搜索空间中对第二下行控制信息进行检测。After the network device sends the second downlink control information, and the terminal device determines the first search space, the terminal device detects the second downlink control information in the determined first search space.
应理解,网络设备在第一搜索空间中发送第二下行控制信息具体指的是将第二下行控制信息承载第一搜索空间,而终端设备确定第一搜索空间后,就可以在第一搜索空间上进行盲检测,当终端设备检测到第二下行控制信息时,终端设备根据第二下行控制信息重新传输第一下行数据,或者,根据第二下行控制信息停止传输第一下行数据,并开始传输第二下行数据。应理解,本实施例中,终端设备可以在网络设备发送第二下行控制信息之前开始进行盲检测,也可以是在网络设备发送第二下行控制信息的同一时间,开始进行盲检测。It should be understood that the sending, by the network device, the second downlink control information in the first search space refers to the second downlink control information carrying the first search space, and after the terminal device determines the first search space, the first search space may be in the first search space. Performing blind detection on the device, when the terminal device detects the second downlink control information, the terminal device retransmits the first downlink data according to the second downlink control information, or stops transmitting the first downlink data according to the second downlink control information, and Start transmitting the second downlink data. It should be understood that, in this embodiment, the terminal device may start blind detection before the network device sends the second downlink control information, or may start blind detection at the same time that the network device sends the second downlink control information.
需要说明的是,上述图4对应的实施例中,步骤402可以在步骤401之前,也可以在步骤401之后;步骤405的执行在步骤401以及步骤402之后,与步骤403以及步骤404不区分先后顺序,即步骤405可以在步骤403和/或步骤404之前,也可以在步骤403和/或步骤404之后;步骤406的执行在步骤403以及步骤404之后,与步骤405不区分先后顺序,步骤406可以在步骤405之前,也可以与步骤405同时发生。It should be noted that, in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4, step 402 may be before step 401 or after step 401; after step 401 and step 402, step 403 and step 404 are indistinguishable. The order, that is, step 405 may be before step 403 and/or step 404, or may be after step 403 and/or step 404; the execution of step 406 is after step 403 and step 404, and step 405 does not distinguish the order, step 406 This may occur before step 405 or simultaneously with step 405.
还需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,对于终端设备而言,终端设备与网络设备建立RRC连接后,或在终端设备发送调度请求之后,在终端设备第一次接收到调度上行数据传输的下行控制信息之前,终端设备并不知道PUSCH的重复次数信息,在这种情况下,终端设备可以通过RRC信令配置的搜索空间检测下行控制信息,即通过上述公式(3)确定搜索空间,或者终端设备可以将RRC信令配置的PUSCH的最大重复次数确定搜索空间,具体与上述根据PUSCH的重复次数信息所指示的PUSCH的重复次数确定搜索空间的搜索空间的方式类似,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, after the terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the network device, or after the terminal device sends the scheduling request, the terminal device receives the scheduled uplink data transmission for the first time. Before the downlink control information, the terminal device does not know the repetition number information of the PUSCH. In this case, the terminal device can detect the downlink control information by using the search space configured by the RRC signaling, that is, the search space is determined by using the above formula (3). Or the terminal device may determine the search space by using the maximum number of repetitions of the PUSCH configured by the RRC signaling, which is similar to the method for determining the search space of the search space according to the number of repetitions of the PUSCH indicated by the repetition number information of the PUSCH. .
本申请实施例中,终端设备接收到网络设备发送的第一DCI后,根据该第一DCI中的物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息确定第一搜索空间,然后在该第一搜索空间中对第二DCI进行检测。即本申请中的终端设备可以根据上行信道的重复次数信息确定搜索空间,即本申请中搜索空间可以随着PUSCH的重复次数信息动态变化而变化,即网络设备可以动态配置搜索空间,以适应重复次数信息的动态变化,从而在PUSCH的重复次数相对较小时,可以提前结束重复,避免资源浪费;在重复次数相对较大时,可以避免UE频繁的盲检测,节省资源。In the embodiment of the present application, after receiving the first DCI sent by the network device, the terminal device determines the first search space according to the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel in the first DCI, and then in the first search space Two DCIs are tested. That is, the terminal device in the present application may determine the search space according to the repetition number information of the uplink channel, that is, the search space in the present application may change according to the dynamic change of the PUSCH repetition number information, that is, the network device may dynamically configure the search space to adapt to the repetition. The dynamic change of the number of times, so that when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition can be ended in advance to avoid waste of resources; when the number of repetitions is relatively large, the UE can avoid frequent blind detection and save resources.
其次,本申请实施例提供了多种确定第一搜索空间的方式,提高了方案的灵活性。Secondly, the embodiment of the present application provides various ways to determine the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
本申请还提供了另一种数据传输方法,请参阅图7,本申请实施例中数据传输方法的另一实施例包括:The present application further provides another data transmission method. Referring to FIG. 7, another embodiment of the data transmission method in the embodiment of the present application includes:
701、网络设备向终端设备发送第一下行控制信息。701. The network device sends the first downlink control information to the terminal device.
当网络设备调度UE进行PUSCH传输时,还会指示该次PUSCH传输的重复次数,具体地,网络设备向终端设备发送第一下行控制信息,该第一下行控制信息用于调度第一上行数据传输,并且包括搜索空间指示信息。When the network device schedules the UE to perform PUSCH transmission, it also indicates the number of repetitions of the PUSCH transmission. Specifically, the network device sends the first downlink control information to the terminal device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink. Data transmission and includes search space indication information.
其中,该搜索空间指示信息用于终端设备根据搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间。具体地,网络设备可以通过RRC信令通知终端设备,根据该搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间,则当终端设备接收到包括搜索空间指示信息的下行控制信息时,终端设备就会根据该搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间。The search space indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the first search space according to the search space indication information. Specifically, the network device may notify the terminal device by using the RRC signaling to determine the first search space according to the search space indication information, and when the terminal device receives the downlink control information including the search space indication information, the terminal device performs the search according to the search. The space indication information determines the first search space.
应理解,本实施例中,第一下行控制信息除了可以包括搜索空间指示信息,还可以包括PUSCH的重复次数信息,该PUSCH的重复次数信息用于指示PUSCH的重复次数,也就是用于指示UE在PUSCH上重复传输第一上行数据的次数。It should be understood that, in this embodiment, the first downlink control information may include the search space indication information, and may further include a repetition quantity information of the PUSCH, where the repetition quantity information of the PUSCH is used to indicate the number of repetitions of the PUSCH, that is, to indicate The number of times the UE repeatedly transmits the first uplink data on the PUSCH.
具体地,第一下行控制信息的格式可以是6-0A(DCI format 6-0A),或者是6-0B(DCI format 6-0B),其中,DCI format 6-0A用于调度覆盖增强模式A(coverage enhancement mode A,CE Mode A)的UE,DCI format 6-0B用于调度覆盖增强模式B(coverage enhancement mode B,CE Mode B)的UE。Specifically, the format of the first downlink control information may be 6-0A (DCI format 6-0A) or 6-0B (DCI format 6-0B), where DCI format 6-0A is used to schedule coverage enhancement mode. The UE of the A (coverage enhancement mode A, CE Mode A), the DCI format 6-0B is used to schedule the UE of the coverage enhancement mode B (CE Mode B).
对于CE Mode A的UE,网络设备可以通过第一下行控制信息中的2比特的PUSCH的重复次数信息指示该UE当次PUSCH的重复次数,对于CE Mode B的UE,网络设备可以通过3比特的PUSCH的重复次数信息指示该UE当次PUSCH的重复次数,具体的指示方式可以如上述表1和表2所示,具体此次不再赘述。For the UE of the CE Mode A, the network device may indicate the number of repetitions of the secondary PUSCH of the UE by using the repetition number information of the 2-bit PUSCH in the first downlink control information, and the UE may pass the 3-bit for the UE of the CE Mode B. The repetition number information of the PUSCH indicates the number of repetitions of the PUSCH of the UE. The specific indication manner may be as shown in Table 1 and Table 2 above, and details are not described herein again.
702、网络设备确定第一搜索空间。702. The network device determines a first search space.
本申请实施例中的第一搜索空间与搜索空间指示信息之间存在关联关系,即第一搜索空间与搜索空间指示信息对应,网络设备可以在确定搜索空间指示信息之前,根据该搜索空间指示信息所指示的内容确定第一搜索空间,也可以在确定第一搜索空间之后,根据该第一搜索空间确定搜索空间指示信息,具体本申请不作限定。There is an association relationship between the first search space and the search space indication information in the embodiment of the present application, that is, the first search space corresponds to the search space indication information, and the network device may, according to the search space indication information, before determining the search space indication information. The indicated content determines the first search space, and the search space indication information is determined according to the first search space after the first search space is determined, which is not limited in the application.
下面对其中几种指示信息以及对应的第一搜索空间进行介绍。The following describes some of the indication information and the corresponding first search space.
作为一种可选的方式,网络设备预先通过RRC信令配置了多个搜索空间,网络设备从这多个搜索空间确定一个搜索空间为第一搜索空间,对应地,搜索空间指示信息指示终端设备从RRC信令配置的多个搜索空间中确定一个搜索空间为第一搜索空间。As an optional manner, the network device configures a plurality of search spaces in advance through RRC signaling, and the network device determines, from the plurality of search spaces, one search space as the first search space, and correspondingly, the search space indication information indicates the terminal device. A search space is determined from the plurality of search spaces configured by the RRC signaling as the first search space.
具体地,本实现方式中,网络设备通过RRC信令配置的多个搜索空间的起始子帧可以是满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f'为搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s'为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,这多个搜索空间对应的周期(即配置的r
max参数和G参数的乘积)和/或α
offset的取值集合不相同,进一步地,这多个搜索空间对应的NB可以相同,也可以不相同,具体本申请不作限定。
Specifically, in this implementation manner, the starting subframe of multiple search spaces configured by the network device through RRC signaling may be a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f ' is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe of the search space is located, and n s ' is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, which The period corresponding to the plurality of search spaces (that is, the product of the configured r max parameter and the G parameter) and/or the set of values of the α offset are different. Further, the NBs corresponding to the plurality of search spaces may be the same or different. The specific application is not limited.
作为一种可选的方式,网络设备预先通过RRC信令配置了多个搜索空间,网络设备从这多个搜索空间确定一个或多个搜索空间为第一搜索空间,对应地,搜索空间指示信息指示终端设备从RRC信令配置的多个搜索空间中确定至少一个搜索空间为第一搜索空间。As an optional manner, the network device configures a plurality of search spaces in advance through RRC signaling, and the network device determines, from the multiple search spaces, one or more search spaces as the first search space, and correspondingly, the search space indication information. The terminal device is instructed to determine at least one search space from the plurality of search spaces configured by the RRC signaling as the first search space.
需要说明的是,当搜索空间指示信息指示终端设备确定多个搜索空间作为第一搜索空间时,第一搜索空间为搜索空间指示信息所指示的多个搜索空间组合而成的搜索空间,即第一搜索空间对应的时域位置是由搜索空间指示信息所指示的多个搜索空间中每一个搜索空间对应的时域位置叠加得到的,第一搜索空间在某一时刻的频域位置是由该时刻对应的多个搜索空间中的至少一个所对应的频域位置确定的。It should be noted that, when the search space indication information indicates that the terminal device determines the plurality of search spaces as the first search space, the first search space is a search space formed by combining a plurality of search spaces indicated by the search space indication information, that is, the first search space. The time domain location corresponding to a search space is obtained by superimposing the time domain location corresponding to each of the plurality of search spaces indicated by the search space indication information, and the frequency domain location of the first search space at a certain time is The frequency domain position corresponding to at least one of the plurality of search spaces corresponding to the time is determined.
还需要说明的是,本实现方式中,网络设备通过RRC信令配置的多个搜索空间对应的NB可以相同,也可以不相同,具体本申请不作限定。It should be noted that, in this implementation manner, the NBs corresponding to the multiple search spaces configured by the network device through the RRC signaling may be the same or different, and are not limited in this application.
作为一种可选的方式,网络设备根据业务需求或其他因素确定搜索空间参数值,根据该搜索空间参数值确定第一搜索空间,对应地,搜索空间指示信息用于指示该搜索空间参数值。As an optional manner, the network device determines the search space parameter value according to the service requirement or other factors, and determines the first search space according to the search space parameter value. Correspondingly, the search space indication information is used to indicate the search space parameter value.
其中,该搜索空间参数值可以是指示搜索空间对应的周期的参数值和/或指示搜索空间的起始子帧在对应周期中的相对位置的参数值。The search space parameter value may be a parameter value indicating a period corresponding to the search space and/or a parameter value indicating a relative position of the start subframe of the search space in the corresponding period.
需要说明的是,在一些实施例中,网络设备还会通过RRC信令配置搜索空间对应的周期的参数值和/或指示搜索空间的起始子帧在对应周期中的相对位置的参数值,对于终端设备来说,网络设备通过搜索空间信息指示的搜索空间参数值的优先级高于网络设备通过RRC信令配置的搜索空间参数值,即对于同一个搜索空间参数,如果RRC信令中配置了该参数的值,搜索空间指示信息中也指示了该参数的值,则终端设备通过搜索空间指示信息所指示的该参数的值来确定第一搜索空间。It should be noted that, in some embodiments, the network device further configures, by using RRC signaling, a parameter value of a period corresponding to the search space and/or a parameter value indicating a relative position of the start subframe of the search space in the corresponding period, For the terminal device, the search device parameter value indicated by the search space information by the network device has a higher priority than the search space parameter value configured by the network device through RRC signaling, that is, for the same search space parameter, if configured in the RRC signaling The value of the parameter is also indicated in the search space indication information, and the terminal device determines the first search space by searching for the value of the parameter indicated by the space indication information.
具体地,网络设备可以通过如下几种方式指示第一搜索空间(确定第一搜索空间):Specifically, the network device may indicate the first search space (determining the first search space) by:
指示方式1:搜索空间指示信息用于指示第一参数G的取值(G等于目标值),网络设备确定的第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为第一搜索空间的起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G等于目标值,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,α
offset=0。
The indication mode 1: the search space indication information is used to indicate the value of the first parameter G (G is equal to the target value), and the starting subframe of the first search space determined by the network device is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe of the first search space in the radio frame, T=r Max · G, G is equal to the target value, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, and α offset =0.
可选地,在本实施例中,搜索空间指示信息可以是一个3比特的指示信息,对于FDD系统,该指示信息指示的G的取值可以是1,1.5,2,2.5,4,5,8,10中的一个,也可以是其他值,具体本实施例不作限定,对于TDD系统,该指示信息指示的G的取值可以是1,2,4,5,8,10,20中的一个,也可以是其他值,具体本实施例不作限定。网络设备可以通过RRC信令通知终端设备该指示信息中不同的内容所指示的G的值,以FDD系统为例,指示信息对应的不同内容所指示的G的值如下表3所示:Optionally, in this embodiment, the search space indication information may be a 3-bit indication information. For the FDD system, the value of G indicated by the indication information may be 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 4, 5, A value of 8, 10 may be other values, which is not limited in this embodiment. For the TDD system, the value of G indicated by the indication information may be 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 20 One may be other values, which is not limited in this embodiment. The network device may notify the terminal device of the value of the G indicated by the different content in the indication information by using the RRC signaling. Taking the FDD system as an example, the value of G indicated by the different content corresponding to the indication information is as follows:
指示信息I value Instruction information I value | GG |
00 | 11 |
11 | 1.51.5 |
22 | 22 |
33 | 2.52.5 |
44 | 44 |
55 | 55 |
66 | 88 |
77 | 1010 |
表3table 3
终端设备解析得到搜索空间指示信息后,查询该表格找到与该搜索空间指示信息对应的G的取值。After the terminal device parses the search space indication information, the table is queried to find the value of G corresponding to the search space indication information.
对于TDD系统,网络设备也可以采用类似的方法通知终端设备该指示信息中不同的内容所指示的G的值,一些TDD系统场景下,G的取值只有7种,3比特指示信息最多可以指示8种状态,因此会多出一种不使用的保留状态。For the TDD system, the network device can also use a similar method to notify the terminal device of the value of G indicated by the different content in the indication information. In some TDD system scenarios, the value of G is only 7 types, and the 3-bit indication information can be indicated at most. There are 8 states, so there will be a more reserved state that is not used.
指示方式2:搜索空间指示信息用于指示第二参数α
offset的取值集合(为目标集合),对应地,网络设备确定的第一搜索空间包括目标集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,每个取值对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为该搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为该搜索空间的起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数。
Instructing mode 2: the search space indication information is used to indicate a set of values of the second parameter α offset (as a target set), and correspondingly, the first search space determined by the network device includes a search space corresponding to each value in the target set, The starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe of the search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe of the search space in the radio frame, T=r max · G, G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, G is greater than or equal to 1, and r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling.
可选地,在本实施例中,网络设备可以通过RRC信令通知终端设备搜索空间指示信息中不同的内容所指示的α
offset的取值集合,具体可以以表格的形式,则终端设备解析得到搜索空间指示信息后,通过查询表格确定与该搜索空间指示信息对应的α
offset的取值集合为目标集合。
Optionally, in this embodiment, the network device may notify the terminal device to search for the value set of the α offset indicated by the different content in the space indication information by using the RRC signaling, where the terminal device may parse the terminal device in the form of a table. After the space indication information is searched, the value set of the α offset corresponding to the search space indication information is determined by the query table as a target set.
指示方式3:搜索空间指示信息用于指示第三参数r
max的取值(等于目标值),对应地,网络设备确定的第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为第一搜索空间的起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1,r
max等于目标值,α
offset=0。
Instructing mode 3: The search space indication information is used to indicate the value of the third parameter r max (equal to the target value). Correspondingly, the starting subframe of the first search space determined by the network device is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe of the first search space in the radio frame, T=r Max · G, G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, G is greater than or equal to 1, r max is equal to the target value, and α offset =0.
可选地,在本实施例中,网络设备可以通过RRC信令通知终端设备搜索空间指示信息中不同的内容所指示的r
max的取值,具体可以以表格的形式,则终端设备解析得到搜索空间指示信息后,通过查询表格确定与该搜索空间指示信息对应的r
max的取值为目标值。
Optionally, in this embodiment, the network device may notify the terminal device to search for the value of the r max indicated by the different content in the space indication information by using the RRC signaling, and the terminal device may parse the search in the form of a table. After the space indication information, the value of r max corresponding to the search space indication information is determined by the query table as the target value.
指示方式4:搜索空间指示信息用于指示第一参数G的取值(等于目标值)和第二参数α
offset的取值集合(为目标集合),对应地,网络设备确定的第一搜索空间包括该目标集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,每个取值对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为该搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为该搜索空间的起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G等于目标值,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数。
Instructing mode 4: the search space indication information is used to indicate the value of the first parameter G (equal to the target value) and the value set of the second parameter α offset (for the target set), correspondingly, the first search space determined by the network device The search space corresponding to each value in the target set is included, and the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe of the search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe of the search space in the radio frame, T=r max · G, G is equal to the target value, and r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling.
需要说明的是,在本实施例中,网络设备可以对指示G的取值的信息和指示α
offset的取值集合的信息进行联合编码得到的搜索空间指示信息,也可以将指示G的取值的信息和指示α
offset的取值集合的信息分别承载在两个搜索空间指示信息中,具体本申请不作限定。
It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the network device may jointly search for the search space indication information that is used to jointly encode the information indicating the value of the G and the information indicating the value set of the α offset , and may also indicate the value of the G. The information and the information indicating the set of values of the alpha offset are respectively carried in the two search space indication information, which is not limited in this application.
具体地,网络设备可以通过RRC信令通知终端设备搜索空间指示信息中不同的内容所指示的G的取值和α
offset的取值集合,具体可以以表格的形式,则终端设备解析得到搜索空间指示信息后,通过查询表格确定与搜索空间指示信息对应的G的取值为目标值和α
offset的取值集合为目标集合。
Specifically, the network device may notify the terminal device to search for the value of G and the value set of the α offset indicated by the different content in the space indication information by using the RRC signaling, and specifically, in the form of a table, the terminal device parses the search space. After the indication information, the value of the G corresponding to the search space indication information is determined by the query table as the target value and the value set of the α offset is the target set.
指示方式5:搜索空间指示信息用于指示第一参数G的取值(等于第一目标值)和第三参数r
max的取值(等于第二目标值),对应地,网络设备确定的第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为第一搜索空间的起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G等于第一目标值,r
max等于第二目标值,α
offset=0。
Instructing mode 5: the search space indication information is used to indicate the value of the first parameter G (equal to the first target value) and the value of the third parameter r max (equal to the second target value), correspondingly, the network device determines the The starting subframe of a search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe of the first search space in the radio frame, T=r Max · G, G is equal to the first target value, r max is equal to the second target value, and α offset =0.
需要说明的是,在本实施例中,网络设备可以对指示G的取值的信息和指示r
max的取值的信息进行联合编码得到的搜索空间指示信息,也可以将指示G的取值的信息和指示r
max的取值的信息分别承载在两个搜索空间指示信息中,具体本申请不作限定。
It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the network device may jointly search the information indicating the value of G and the information indicating the value of r max to obtain the search space indication information, and may also indicate the value of G. The information and the information indicating the value of r max are respectively carried in the two search space indication information, which is not limited in this application.
具体地,网络设备可以通过RRC信令通知终端设备搜索空间指示信息中不同的内容所指示的G的取值和r
max的取值,具体可以以表格的形式,则终端设备解析得到搜索空间指示信息后,通过查询表格确定与搜索空间指示信息对应的G的取值为第一目标值和r
max的取值为第二目标值。
Specifically, the network device may notify the terminal device to search for the value of the G and the value of the r max indicated by the different content in the space indication information by using the RRC signaling, where the terminal device parses the search space indication. After the information, the value of G corresponding to the search space indication information is determined by the query table as the first target value and the value of r max is the second target value.
指示方式6:搜索空间指示信息用于指示第二参数α
offset的取值集合(为目标集合)和第三参数r
max的取值(等于目标值),对应地,网络设备确定的第一搜索空间包括目标集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,每个取值对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为该搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为该搜索空间的起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1,r
max等于目标值。
Instructing mode 6: the search space indication information is used to indicate a value set of the second parameter α offset (which is a target set) and a value of the third parameter r max (equal to the target value), and correspondingly, the first search determined by the network device The space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the target set, and the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe of the search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe of the search space in the radio frame, T=r max · G, G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, G is greater than or equal to 1, and r max is equal to the target value.
需要说明的是,在本实施例中,网络设备可以对指示α
offset的取值集合的信息和指示r
max的取值的信息进行联合编码得到的搜索空间指示信息,也可以将指示α
offset的取值集合的信息和指示r
max的取值的信息分别承载在两个搜索空间指示信息中,具体本申请不作限定。
It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the network device may jointly encode the information indicating the value set of the α offset and the information indicating the value of the r max , and may also indicate the α offset . The information of the value set and the information indicating the value of r max are respectively carried in the two search space indication information, which is not limited in this application.
具体地,网络设备可以通过RRC信令通知终端设备搜索空间指示信息中不同的内容所指示的α
offset的取值集合和r
max的取值,具体可以以表格的形式,则终端设备解析得到搜索空间指示信息后,通过查询表格确定与搜索空间指示信息对应的α
offset的取值集合为目标集合和r
max的取值为目标值。
Specifically, the network device may notify the terminal device to search for the value set of the alpha offset and the value of the r max indicated by the different content in the space indication information by using the RRC signaling, and the terminal device may parse the search in the form of a table. After the space indication information, the value set of the α offset corresponding to the search space indication information is determined by the query table as the target set and the value of r max is the target value.
指示方式7:搜索空间指示信息用于指示第一参数G的取值(等于第一目标值),第二参数α
offset的取值集合(为目标集合),和第三参数r
max的取值(等于第二目标值),对应地,网络设备确定的第一搜索空间包括目标集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,每个取值对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为该搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为该搜索空间的起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G等于第一目标值,r
max等于第二目标值。
Instructing mode 7: the search space indication information is used to indicate the value of the first parameter G (equal to the first target value), the value set of the second parameter α offset (which is the target set), and the value of the third parameter r max Correspondingly, the first search space determined by the network device includes a search space corresponding to each value in the target set, and the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value is a formula that satisfies the following formula Subframe: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe of the search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe of the search space in the radio frame, T=r max · G, G is equal to the first target value, and r max is equal to the second target value.
需要说明的是,在本实施例中,网络设备可以对指示G的取值的信息,指示α
offset的取值集合的信息和指示r
max的取值的信息进行联合编码得到的搜索空间指示信息;网络设备也可以对指示G的取值的信息,指示α
offset的取值集合的信息和指示r
max的取值的信息中的其中两个信息进行联合编码得到一个搜索空间指示信息,再将另一信息承载在另一搜索空间指示信息中;网络设备还可以将指示G的取值的信息,指示α
offset的取值集合的信息和指示r
max的取值的信息分别承载在三个搜索空间指示信息中,具体本申请不作限定。
It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the network device may perform, for information indicating the value of the G, the information indicating the value set of the alpha offset and the information indicating the value of the r max jointly obtained by searching the space indication information. The network device may also jointly encode the information indicating the value of G, the information indicating the set of values of α offset and the information indicating the value of r max to obtain a search space indication information, and then Another information is carried in another search space indication information; the network device may further carry information indicating the value of G, information indicating the value set of α offset , and information indicating the value of r max in three searches respectively. In the space indication information, the specific application is not limited.
具体地,网络设备可以通过RRC信令通知终端设备搜索空间指示信息中不同的内容所指示的G的取值,α
offset的取值集合和r
max的取值,具体可以以表格的形式,则终端设备解析得到搜索空间指示信息后,通过查询表格确定与搜索空间指示信息对应的G的取值为第一目标值,α
offset的取值集合为目标集合,以及r
max的取值为第二目标值。
Specifically, the network device may notify the terminal device by using the RRC signaling to search for the value of G indicated by the different content in the space indication information, the value set of the alpha offset , and the value of the r max , which may be in the form of a table. After the terminal device parses the search space indication information, the value of the G corresponding to the search space indication information is determined by the query table as the first target value, the value set of the α offset is the target set, and the value of r max is the second value. Target value.
703、终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一下行控制信息。703. The terminal device receives the first downlink control information that is sent by the network device.
网络设备向终端设备发送第一下行控制信息后,终端设备接收该第一下行控制信息,该第一下行控制信息用于调度第一上行数据传输,终端设备根据该第一下行控制信息传输第一上行数据。After the network device sends the first downlink control information to the terminal device, the terminal device receives the first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink data transmission, and the terminal device controls the first downlink control according to the first downlink control information. The information transmits the first uplink data.
704、终端设备根据搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间。704. The terminal device determines the first search space according to the search space indication information.
终端设备接收第一下行控制信息后,根据该第一下行控制信息中的搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间。After receiving the first downlink control information, the terminal device determines the first search space according to the search space indication information in the first downlink control information.
作为一种可选的方式,终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定多个搜索空间中的一个搜索空间为第一搜索空间。In an optional manner, the terminal device determines, according to the search space indication information, that one of the plurality of search spaces is the first search space.
具体地,终端设备可以先根据RRC信令确定网络设备配置的多个搜索空间,以及各个搜索空间对应的搜索空间指示信息,在终端设备获取到搜索空间指示信息之后,确定与该搜索空间指示信息对应的搜索空间为第一搜索空间。终端设备也可以在获取到搜索空间指示信息之后,再根据RRC信令确定网络设备配置的多个搜索空间,以及各个搜索空间对应的搜索空间指示信息,然后从RRC信令配置的多个搜索空间中,确定与该搜索空间指示信息对应的搜索空间为第一搜索空间。Specifically, the terminal device may first determine, according to the RRC signaling, a plurality of search spaces configured by the network device, and search space indication information corresponding to each search space, and after the terminal device obtains the search space indication information, determine the search space indication information. The corresponding search space is the first search space. After acquiring the search space indication information, the terminal device may further determine, according to the RRC signaling, multiple search spaces configured by the network device, and search space indication information corresponding to each search space, and then multiple search spaces configured from the RRC signaling. The search space corresponding to the search space indication information is determined to be the first search space.
作为一种可选的方式,终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定多个搜索空间的至少一个搜索空间为第一搜索空间。In an optional manner, the terminal device determines, according to the search space indication information, that the at least one search space of the multiple search spaces is the first search space.
具体地,终端设备可以先根据RRC信令确定不同搜索空间指示信息对应的一个或多个搜索空间,在终端设备获取到搜索空间指示信息之后,确定与该搜索空间指示信息对应的一个搜索空间为第一搜索空间,或将与该搜索空间指示信息对应的多个搜索空间组合得到第一搜索空间。Specifically, the terminal device may first determine one or more search spaces corresponding to the different search space indication information according to the RRC signaling, and after the terminal device obtains the search space indication information, determine a search space corresponding to the search space indication information as The first search space, or a plurality of search spaces corresponding to the search space indication information are combined to obtain a first search space.
终端设备也可以在终端设备获取到搜索空间指示信息之后,再根据RRC信令确定与该搜索空间指示信息对应的一个或多个搜索空间,若该搜索空间指示信息对应一个搜索空间,则确定该搜索空间为第一搜索空间,若该搜索空间指示信息对应多个搜索空间,则将这多个搜索空间组合得到第一搜索空间。After the terminal device obtains the search space indication information, the terminal device may further determine one or more search spaces corresponding to the search space indication information according to the RRC signaling, and if the search space indication information corresponds to one search space, determine the The search space is a first search space. If the search space indication information corresponds to multiple search spaces, the multiple search spaces are combined to obtain a first search space.
作为一种可选的方式,终端设备根据搜索空间指示信息确定搜索空间参数值,再根据该搜索空间参数值确定第一搜索空间,具体地,该搜索空间参数值可以是指示搜索空间对应的周期的参数值(例如:第一参数G和/或第三参数r
max)和/或指示搜索空间的起始子帧在对应周期中的相对位置的参数值(例如:第二参数α
offset)。
As an optional manner, the terminal device determines the search space parameter value according to the search space indication information, and determines the first search space according to the search space parameter value. Specifically, the search space parameter value may be a period indicating the search space. The parameter value (eg, the first parameter G and/or the third parameter r max ) and/or a parameter value (eg, the second parameter α offset ) indicating the relative position of the starting subframe of the search space in the corresponding period.
应理解,网络设备可以通过RRC信令配置不同搜索空间指示信息对应的搜索空间参数值,则终端设备可以在获取到搜索空间指示信息后,通过RRC信令确定该搜索空间指示信息对应的搜索空间参数值,终端设备也可以先通过RRC信令确定各个搜索空间指示信息对应的搜索空间参数值,在获取到搜索空间指示信息后,再确定该搜索空间指示信息对应的搜索空间参数值。It should be understood that the network device may configure the search space parameter value corresponding to the different search space indication information by using the RRC signaling, and the terminal device may determine the search space corresponding to the search space indication information by using RRC signaling after acquiring the search space indication information. For the parameter value, the terminal device may first determine the search space parameter value corresponding to each search space indication information by using RRC signaling, and after obtaining the search space indication information, determine the search space parameter value corresponding to the search space indication information.
具体地,终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定G等于目标值,然后确定第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为第一搜索空间的起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G等于该目标值,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,α
offset=0。
Specifically, the terminal device determines, according to the search space indication information, that G is equal to the target value, and then determines that the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe of the first search space in the radio frame, T=r Max · G, G is equal to the target value, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, and α offset =0.
或者,终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定α
offset对应的取值集合为目标集合,然后确定该目标集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,这些搜索空间叠加得到的搜索空间即为第一搜索空间,其中,目标集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为该搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为该搜索空间的起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数。
Alternatively, the terminal device determines, according to the search space indication information, a set of values corresponding to the α offset as a target set, and then determines a search space corresponding to each value in the target set, and the search space obtained by superimposing the search spaces is the first search. Space, where the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value in the target set is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe of the search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe of the search space in the radio frame, T=r max · G, G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, G is greater than or equal to 1, and r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling.
或者,终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定r
max等于目标值,然后确定第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为第一搜索空间的起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1,r
max等于该目标值,α
offset=0。
Alternatively, the terminal device determines, according to the search space indication information, that r max is equal to the target value, and then determines that the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe of the first search space in the radio frame, T=r Max · G, G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, G is greater than or equal to 1, r max is equal to the target value, and α offset =0.
或者,终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定G等于目标值,α
offset对应的取值集合为目标集合,然后确定该目标集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,这些搜索空间叠加得到的搜索空间即为第一搜索空间,其中,目标集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为 满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为该搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为该搜索空间的起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G等于该目标值,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数。
Alternatively, the terminal device determines, according to the search space indication information, G is equal to the target value, and the set of values corresponding to the α offset is the target set, and then determines the search space corresponding to each value in the target set, and the search space obtained by superimposing the search spaces That is, the first search space, where the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value in the target set is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe of the search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe of the search space in the radio frame, T=r max · G, G is equal to the target value, and r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling.
或者,终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定G等于第一目标值,r
max等于第二目标值,然后确定第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为第一搜索空间的起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G等于第一目标值,r
max等于第二目标值,α
offset=0。
Alternatively, the terminal device determines, according to the search space indication information, that G is equal to the first target value, r max is equal to the second target value, and then determines that the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe of the first search space in the radio frame, T=r Max · G, G is equal to the first target value, r max is equal to the second target value, and α offset =0.
或者,终端设备根据该搜索空间指示信息确定r
max等于目标值,α
offset对应的取值集合为目标集合,终端设备确定目标集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,这些搜索空间叠加得到的搜索空间即为第一搜索空间,其中,每个取值对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为该搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为该搜索空间的起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1,r
max等于目标值。
Alternatively, the terminal device determines, according to the search space indication information, r max is equal to the target value, and the set of values corresponding to the α offset is the target set, and the terminal device determines the search space corresponding to each value in the target set, and the search obtained by superimposing the search spaces The space is the first search space, where the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe of the search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe of the search space in the radio frame, T=r max · G, G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, G is greater than or equal to 1, and r max is equal to the target value.
或者,终端设备根据搜索空间指示信息确定G等于第一目标值,α
offset对应的取值集合为目标集合,r
max的取值为第二目标值,终端设备确定目标集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,这些搜索空间叠加得到的搜索空间即为第一搜索空间,其中,每个取值对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为该搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为该搜索空间的起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G等于第一目标值,r
max等于第二目标值。
Alternatively, the terminal device determines that G is equal to the first target value according to the search space indication information, the value set corresponding to the α offset is the target set, and the value of r max is the second target value, and the terminal device determines that each value in the target set corresponds to the value. The search space obtained by superimposing these search spaces is the first search space, wherein the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value is a subframe satisfying the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe of the search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe of the search space in the radio frame, T=r max · G, G is equal to the first target value, and r max is equal to the second target value.
705、网络设备在第一搜索空间中发送第二下行控制信息。705. The network device sends the second downlink control information in the first search space.
网络设备确定第一搜索空间后,在第一搜索空间中发送第二下行控制信息,第二下行控制信息用于对第一上行数据进行反馈和/或调度第二上行数据传输。After the network device determines the first search space, the second downlink control information is sent in the first search space, and the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule the second uplink data transmission.
应理解,终端设备接收第一下行控制信息后,会在开始传输第一上行数据,网络设备会向终端设备发送针对该次传输的反馈信息,该反馈信息承载在下行控制信息(第二下行控制信息)中,具体地,如果第二DCI包含的NDI比特和第一DCI包含的NDI发生了翻转,则表示第一上行数据已经正确接收,UE需要发送新的上行数据(第二上行数据);如果NDI比特没有发生反转,则表示上一次传输没有正确接收,UE需要重发第一上行数据。又或者,第二DCI中也可以包括一个ACK/NACK指示比特,示例性地,该指示比特为“0”时表示第一上行数据已经正确接收,该指示比特为“1”时表示第一上行数据没有正确接收;或者,可以通过第二DCI中的一些字段的无效状态对第一上行数据进行反馈,示例性地,第二DCI格式为DCI格式6-0A,则可以通过DCI格式6-0A中的资源分配字段的一个无效状态表示第一上行数据已经正确接收,用另一个无效状态表示第一上行数据没有正确接收。It should be understood that, after receiving the first downlink control information, the terminal device starts to transmit the first uplink data, and the network device sends the feedback information for the transmission to the terminal device, where the feedback information is carried in the downlink control information. In the control information, specifically, if the NDI bit included in the second DCI and the NDI included in the first DCI are reversed, it indicates that the first uplink data has been correctly received, and the UE needs to send new uplink data (second uplink data). If the NDI bit does not reverse, it means that the previous transmission was not received correctly, and the UE needs to resend the first uplink data. Alternatively, the second DCI may also include an ACK/NACK indication bit. For example, when the indication bit is “0”, the first uplink data has been correctly received, and when the indication bit is “1”, the first uplink is indicated. The data is not received correctly; or the first uplink data may be fed back through the invalid state of some fields in the second DCI. For example, if the second DCI format is DCI format 6-0A, the DCI format 6-0A may be adopted. An invalid state of the resource allocation field indicates that the first uplink data has been correctly received, and another invalid state indicates that the first uplink data was not correctly received.
还应理解,本实施例中,第二下行控制信息的格式与第一下行控制信息相同,例如都为DCI格式6-0A或DCI格式6-0B;在另一些实施例中,第二下行控制信息的格式也可以与第一下行控制信息不相同,具体本申请不作限定。It should also be understood that, in this embodiment, the format of the second downlink control information is the same as the first downlink control information, for example, both DCI format 6-0A or DCI format 6-0B; in other embodiments, the second downlink The format of the control information may also be different from the first downlink control information, which is not limited in this application.
706、终端设备在第一搜索空间中检测第二下行控制信息。706. The terminal device detects second downlink control information in the first search space.
网络设备发送第二下行控制信息,且终端设备确定第一搜索空间后,终端设备在确定的第一搜索空间中对第二下行控制信息进行检测。After the network device sends the second downlink control information, and the terminal device determines the first search space, the terminal device detects the second downlink control information in the determined first search space.
应理解,网络设备在第一搜索空间中发送第二下行控制信息具体指的是将第二下行控制信息承载第一搜索空间,而终端设备确定第一搜索空间后,就可以在第一搜索空间上进行盲检测,当终端设备检测到第二下行控制信息时,终端设备根据第二下行控制信息重新传输第一下行数据,或者,根据第二下行控制信息开始传输第二下行数据。应理解,本实施例中,终端设备可以在网络设备发送第二下行控制信息之前开始进行盲检测,也可以是在网络设备发送第二下行控制信息的同一时间,开始进行盲检测。It should be understood that the sending, by the network device, the second downlink control information in the first search space refers to the second downlink control information carrying the first search space, and after the terminal device determines the first search space, the first search space may be in the first search space. The terminal device performs blind detection. When the terminal device detects the second downlink control information, the terminal device retransmits the first downlink data according to the second downlink control information, or starts to transmit the second downlink data according to the second downlink control information. It should be understood that, in this embodiment, the terminal device may start blind detection before the network device sends the second downlink control information, or may start blind detection at the same time that the network device sends the second downlink control information.
需要说明的是,上述图7对应的实施例中,步骤702可以在步骤701之前,也可以在步骤701之后;步骤705的执行在步骤701以及步骤702之后,与步骤703以及步骤704不区分先后顺序,即步骤705可以在步骤703和/或步骤704之前,也可以在步骤703和/或步骤704之后;步骤706的执行在步骤703以及步骤704之后,与步骤705不区分先后顺序,步骤706可以在步骤705之前,也可以与步骤705同时发生。It should be noted that, in the foregoing embodiment corresponding to FIG. 7, step 702 may be before step 701 or after step 701; after step 701 and step 702, step 705 and step 704 are indistinguishable from step 703 and step 704. The order, that is, step 705 may be before step 703 and/or step 704, or may be after step 703 and/or step 704; the execution of step 706 is after step 703 and step 704, and step 705 does not distinguish the order, step 706 This may occur before step 705 or simultaneously with step 705.
还需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,对于终端设备而言,终端设备与网络设备建立RRC连接后,在终端设备第一次接收到调度上行数据传输的下行控制信息之前,终端设备并不知道PUSCH的重复次数信息,在这种情况下,终端设备可以通过RRC信令配置的搜索空间检测下行控制信息,即通过上述公式(3)确定搜索空间,或者终端设备可以将RRC信令配置的PUSCH的最大重复次数确定搜索空间,具体与上述根据PUSCH的重复次数信息所指示的PUSCH的重复次数确定搜索空间的搜索空间的方式类似,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, after the terminal device establishes an RRC connection with the network device, the terminal device obtains the downlink control information for scheduling the uplink data transmission for the first time before the terminal device receives the downlink control information for scheduling the uplink data transmission. The information about the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is not known. In this case, the terminal device may detect the downlink control information by using the search space configured by the RRC signaling, that is, determine the search space by using the above formula (3), or the terminal device may configure the RRC signaling. The maximum number of repetitions of the PUSCH determines the search space, and is similar to the manner in which the search space of the search space is determined according to the number of repetitions of the PUSCH indicated by the repetition number information of the PUSCH, and details are not described herein again.
本申请实施例中,终端设备接收到网络设备发送的第一DCI后,根据该第一DCI中的搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间,然后在该第一搜索空间中对第二DCI进行检测。即本申请中的即网络设备可以动态指示搜索空间,从而可以适应重复次数信息的动态变化,在PUSCH的重复次数相对较小时,提前结束重复,避免资源浪费;在重复次数相对较大时,避免UE频繁的盲检测,节省资源。In the embodiment of the present application, after receiving the first DCI sent by the network device, the terminal device determines the first search space according to the search space indication information in the first DCI, and then detects the second DCI in the first search space. . That is, the network device in the present application can dynamically indicate the search space, so that the dynamic change of the repetition number information can be adapted. When the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition is terminated in advance to avoid waste of resources; when the number of repetitions is relatively large, the avoidance is avoided. The UE frequently detects blindly and saves resources.
其次,本申请实施例提供了多种确定第一搜索空间的方式,提高了方案的灵活性。Secondly, the embodiment of the present application provides various ways to determine the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
上面介绍了本申请中的数据传输方法,下面对本申请中的通信设备进行介绍,请参阅图8,本申请实施例中通信设备的一个实施例包括:The data transmission method in the present application is described above. The following describes the communication device in the present application. Referring to FIG. 8, an embodiment of the communication device in the embodiment of the present application includes:
接收模块801,用于接收网络设备发送的第一下行控制信息,第一下行控制信息用于调度第一上行数据传输,第一下行控制信息包括物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息;The receiving module 801 is configured to receive the first downlink control information that is sent by the network device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink data transmission, where the first downlink control information includes the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel.
处理模块802,用于根据物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息,确定第一搜索空间;The processing module 802 is configured to determine, according to the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel, the first search space;
接收模块801,还用于在第一搜索空间中检测第二下行控制信息,第二下行控制信息用于对第一上行数据进行反馈和/或调度第二上行数据传输。The receiving module 801 is further configured to detect the second downlink control information in the first search space, where the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule the second uplink data transmission.
作为一种可选的方式,本实施例中,物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息指示物理上行共享信道的重复次数;As an optional manner, in this embodiment, the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel indicates the repetition quantity of the physical uplink shared channel;
处理模块802,具体用于根据物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r
max·G的比值,确定第一搜索空间;其中,r
max为无线资源控制RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1。
The processing module 802 is specifically configured to determine, according to a ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel and the ratio of r max · G, the first search space, where r max is the maximum number of repetitions of the physical downlink control channel configured by the RRC signaling , G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, and G is greater than or equal to 1.
作为一种可选的方式,本实施例中,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:As an optional manner, in this embodiment, the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,α
offset=0;
Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,α Offset =0;
若物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,β=1;若物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值,0<β<1。
If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is less than the first threshold, 0<β<1.
作为一种可选的方式,本实施例中,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:As an optional manner, in this embodiment, the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G;
Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G ;
若物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,α
offset=0;若物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值,α
offset={0,u
1,u
2...u
n},其中n≥1,0<u
i<1,i为大于或等于1且小于或等于n的整数。
If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, α offset =0; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is less than the first threshold , α offset = {0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n }, where n ≥ 1 , 0 < u i < 1, i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to n.
作为一种可选的方式,本实施例中,第一搜索空间不包括与第二搜索空间在时域上重叠的部分,第二搜索空间的起始子帧为满足
的子帧,其中,n
f'为第二搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s'为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1,α
offset'=0。
As an optional manner, in this embodiment, the first search space does not include a portion overlapping with the second search space in the time domain, and the start subframe of the second search space is satisfied. a subframe, where n f ' is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the second search space is located, and n s ' is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T= r max · G, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, G is a parameter of RRC signaling configuration, G is greater than or equal to 1, and α offset '=0.
应理解,上述图8对应通信设备中各个模块所执行的流程与前述图4对应方法实施例中终端设备执行的流程类似,具体此次不再赘述。It should be understood that the process performed by the respective modules in the communication device in the foregoing FIG. 8 is similar to the process performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment in FIG. 4, and details are not described herein again.
本申请实施例中,接收模块801接收到网络设备发送的第一DCI后,处理模块802根据该第一DCI中的物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息确定第一搜索空间,然后接收模块801在该第一搜索空间中对第二DCI进行检测。即本申请中的通信设备可以根据上行信道的重复次数信息确定搜索空间,即本申请中搜索空间可以随着重复次数信息动态变化而变化,即网络设备可以动态配置搜索空间,以适应重复次数信息的动态变化,从而在PUSCH的重复次数相对较小时,可以提前结束重复,避免资源浪费;在重复次数相对较大时,可以避免UE频繁的盲检测,节省资源。In the embodiment of the present application, after the receiving module 801 receives the first DCI sent by the network device, the processing module 802 determines the first search space according to the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel in the first DCI, and then the receiving module 801 is in the The second DCI is detected in the first search space. That is, the communication device in the present application may determine the search space according to the repetition number information of the uplink channel, that is, the search space in the present application may change according to the dynamic change of the repetition number information, that is, the network device may dynamically configure the search space to adapt to the repetition number information. The dynamic change, so that when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition can be ended in advance to avoid waste of resources; when the number of repetitions is relatively large, the UE can avoid frequent blind detection and save resources.
其次,本申请提供了多种确定第一搜索空间的方式,提高了方案的灵活性。Secondly, the present application provides various ways to determine the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
请参阅图9,本申请实施例中通信设备的另一个实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 9, another embodiment of a communication device in this embodiment of the present application includes:
接收模块901,用于接收网络设备发送的第一下行控制信息,第一下行控制信息用于调度第一上行数据传输,第一下行控制信息包括搜索空间指示信息,搜索空间指示信息用于确定第一搜索空间;The receiving module 901 is configured to receive first downlink control information that is sent by the network device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink data transmission, where the first downlink control information includes search space indication information, and the search space indication information is used. Determining the first search space;
处理模块902,用于根据搜索空间指示信息,确定第一搜索空间;The processing module 902 is configured to determine, according to the search space indication information, the first search space;
接收模块901,还用于在第一搜索空间中检测第二下行控制信息,第二下行控制信息用于对第一上行数据进行反馈和/或调度第二上行数据传输。The receiving module 901 is further configured to detect second downlink control information in the first search space, where the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule the second uplink data transmission.
作为一种可选的方式,处理模块902具体用于根据搜索空间指示信息,确定多个搜索空间中的一个搜索空间为第一搜索空间,其中,多个搜索空间为通信设备根据RRC信令确 定的。As an optional manner, the processing module 902 is specifically configured to determine, according to the search space indication information, that one of the plurality of search spaces is the first search space, where the multiple search spaces are determined by the communication device according to the RRC signaling. of.
作为一种可选的方式,处理模块902具体用于根据搜索空间指示信息,确定多个搜索空间中的至少一个搜索空间,第一搜索空间为至少一个搜索空间组合而成的搜索空间,其中,多个搜索空间为用户设备根据RRC信令确定的。As an optional manner, the processing module 902 is specifically configured to determine, according to the search space indication information, at least one search space in the plurality of search spaces, where the first search space is a search space in which at least one search space is combined, where A plurality of search spaces are determined by the user equipment according to RRC signaling.
作为一种可选的方式,处理模块902具体用于根据搜索空间指示信息确定第一参数G的值,并根据第一参数G的值确定第一搜索空间,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:As an optional manner, the processing module 902 is specifically configured to determine a value of the first parameter G according to the search space indication information, and determine, according to the value of the first parameter G, a first search space, a start subframe of the first search space. Subframes that satisfy the following formula:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,α
offset=0;
Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,r Max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured for RRC signaling, α offset =0;
或者,or,
处理模块902具体用于根据搜索空间指示信息确定第二参数α
offset的取值集合,并根据取值集合确定第一搜索空间,第一搜索空间包括取值集合中的每一个取值所对应的搜索空间,每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧满足如下公式:
The processing module 902 is specifically configured to determine a value set of the second parameter α offset according to the search space indication information, and determine a first search space according to the value set, where the first search space includes a value corresponding to each value in the value set. The search space, the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value satisfies the following formula:
其中,n
f为起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1;
Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, r max is RRC signaling The number of repetitions of the configured maximum physical downlink control channel, G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, and G is greater than or equal to 1;
或者,or,
处理模块902具体用于搜索空间指示信息确定第一参数G的值以及第二参数α
offset的取值集合,并根据G的值以及取值集合确的第一搜索空间,第一搜索空间包括取值集合中的每一个取值所对应的搜索空间,每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧满足如下公式:
The processing module 902 is specifically configured to: determine, by the search space indication information, a value of the first parameter G and a value set of the second parameter α offset , and according to the value of the G and the first search space determined by the set of values, the first search space includes: The search space corresponding to each value in the value set, the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value satisfies the following formula:
其中,n
f为第二搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数。
Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the second search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,r Max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured for RRC signaling.
或者,or,
处理模块902具体用于根据搜索空间指示信息确定第三参数r
max的值,并根据r
max的值确定第一搜索空间,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1,α
offset=0。
The processing module 902 is specifically configured to determine a value of the third parameter r max according to the search space indication information, and determine a first search space according to the value of r max , where the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,G The parameter configured for RRC signaling, G is greater than or equal to 1, and α offset =0.
或者,or,
处理模块902具体用于根据搜索空间指示信息确定第一参数G的值和第三参数r
max的值,再根据G的值和r
max的值确定第一搜索空间,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无 线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,α
offset=0。
The processing module 902 is specifically configured to determine the value of the first parameter G and the value of the third parameter r max according to the search space indication information, and then determine the first search space according to the value of G and the value of r max , the start of the first search space. A subframe is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,α Offset =0.
或者,or,
处理模块902具体用于根据搜索空间指示信息确定第二参数α
offset的取值集合和第三参数r
max的值,再根据α
offset的取值集合和r
max的值确定第一搜索空间,第一搜索空间包括α
offset的取值集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1。
The processing module 902 is specifically configured to determine a value set of the second parameter α offset and a value of the third parameter r max according to the search space indication information, and determine the first search space according to the value set of the α offset and the value of the r max , A search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values of the alpha offset , and the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, G is the RRC signaling configuration The parameter, G is greater than or equal to 1.
或者,or,
处理模块902具体用于根据该搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间具体可以是:通信设备根据搜索空间指示信息确定第一参数G的值,第二参数α
offset的取值集合和第三参数r
max的值,再根据G的值,α
offset的取值集合和r
max的值确定第一搜索空间,第一搜索空间包括α
offset的取值集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G。
The processing module 902 is specifically configured to determine, according to the search space indication information, that the first search space is: the communication device determines the value of the first parameter G according to the search space indication information, and the value set of the second parameter α offset and the third parameter r The value of max is further determined according to the value of G, the value set of α offset and the value of r max , and the first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values of α offset , each The starting subframe of the search space corresponding to the value is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G.
应理解,上述图9对应通信设备中各个模块所执行的流程与前述图7对应方法实施例中终端设备执行的流程类似,具体此次不再赘述。It should be understood that the process performed by the respective modules in the communication device in the foregoing FIG. 9 is similar to the process performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 7, and details are not described herein again.
本申请实施例中,接收模块901接收到网络设备发送的第一DCI后,处理模块902根据该第一DCI中的搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间,然后接收模块901在该第一搜索空间中对第二DCI进行检测。即本申请中的即网络设备可以动态指示搜索空间,从而可以适应重复次数信息的动态变化,在PUSCH的重复次数相对较小时,提前结束重复,避免资源浪费;在重复次数相对较大时,避免UE频繁的盲检测,节省资源。In the embodiment of the present application, after the receiving module 901 receives the first DCI sent by the network device, the processing module 902 determines the first search space according to the search space indication information in the first DCI, and then the receiving module 901 is in the first search space. The second DCI is detected. That is, the network device in the present application can dynamically indicate the search space, so that the dynamic change of the repetition number information can be adapted. When the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition is terminated in advance to avoid waste of resources; when the number of repetitions is relatively large, the avoidance is avoided. The UE frequently detects blindly and saves resources.
其次,本申请实施例提供了多种确定第一搜索空间的方式,提高了方案的灵活性。Secondly, the embodiment of the present application provides various ways to determine the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
下面对本申请实施例中的网络设备进行介绍,请参阅图10,本申请实施例中网络设备的一个实施例包括:The following describes the network device in the embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG. 10, an embodiment of the network device in the embodiment of the present application includes:
发送模块1001,用于向终端设备发送第一下行控制信息,第一下行控制信息用于调度第一上行数据传输,第一下行控制信息包括物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息;The sending module 1001 is configured to send the first downlink control information to the terminal device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink data transmission, where the first downlink control information includes the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel;
处理模块1002,用于确定第一搜索空间,第一搜索空间与物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息对应;The processing module 1002 is configured to determine a first search space, where the first search space corresponds to the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel;
发送模块1001,还用于在第一搜索空间中发送第二下行控制信息,第二下行控制信息用于对第一上行数据进行反馈和/或调度第二上行数据传输。The sending module 1001 is further configured to send the second downlink control information in the first search space, where the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule the second uplink data transmission.
作为一种可选的方式,物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息指示物理上行共享信道的重复次数;As an optional manner, the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel indicates the repetition quantity of the physical uplink shared channel;
第一搜索空间与物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息对应,包括:The first search space corresponds to the repetition number information of the physical uplink shared channel, and includes:
重复次数与r
max·G的比值与第一搜索空间对应;其中,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1。
The ratio of the number of repetitions to the ratio of r max ·G corresponds to the first search space; wherein r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, and G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, and G is greater than or equal to 1.
作为一种可选的方式,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:As an optional manner, the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,α
offset=0;
Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,α Offset =0;
若物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,β=1;若物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值,0<β<1。
If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is less than the first threshold, 0<β<1.
作为一种可选的方式,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:As an optional manner, the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G;
Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G;
若物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r
max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,α
offset=0;若物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r
max·G的比值小于第一门限值,α
offset={0,u
1,u
2...u
n},其中n≥1,0<u
i<1,i为大于或等于1且小于或等于n的整数。
If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, α offset =0; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is less than the first threshold , α offset = {0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n }, where n ≥ 1 , 0 < u i < 1, i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to n.
作为一种可选的方式,第一搜索空间不包括与第二搜索空间在时域上重叠的部分,第二搜索空间的起始子帧为满足
的子帧,其中,n
f'为第二搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s'为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1,α
offset'=0。
As an optional manner, the first search space does not include a portion overlapping with the second search space in the time domain, and the start subframe of the second search space is satisfied. a subframe, where n f ' is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the second search space is located, and n s ' is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T= r max · G, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, G is a parameter of RRC signaling configuration, G is greater than or equal to 1, and α offset '=0.
应理解,上述图10对应网络设备中各个模块所执行的流程与前述图4对应方法实施例中网络设备执行的流程类似,具体此次不再赘述。It should be understood that the process performed by the network module in the foregoing FIG. 10 is similar to the process performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment of the method in FIG. 4, and details are not described herein again.
本申请实施例中,搜索空间可以随着重复次数信息动态变化而变化,即网络设备可以动态配置搜索空间,以适应重复次数信息的动态变化,从而在PUSCH的重复次数相对较小时,可以提前结束重复,避免资源浪费;在重复次数相对较大时,可以避免UE频繁的盲检测,节省资源。In the embodiment of the present application, the search space may change dynamically as the number of repetitions information dynamically changes, that is, the network device may dynamically configure the search space to adapt to the dynamic change of the repetition number information, so that when the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the network may be terminated early. Repeat to avoid waste of resources; when the number of repetitions is relatively large, the UE can avoid frequent blind detection and save resources.
其次,本申请实施例提供了多种确定第一搜索空间的方式,提高了方案的灵活性。Secondly, the embodiment of the present application provides various ways to determine the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
请参阅图11,本申请实施例中网络设备的另一实施例包括:Referring to FIG. 11, another embodiment of a network device in this embodiment of the present application includes:
发送模块1101,用于向终端设备发送第一下行控制信息,第一下行控制信息用于调度第一上行数据传输;The sending module 1101 is configured to send first downlink control information to the terminal device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink data transmission;
处理模块1102,用于确定第一搜索空间;The processing module 1102 is configured to determine a first search space;
发送模块1101,还用于在第一搜索空间中发送第二下行控制信息,第二下行控制信息用于对第一上行数据进行反馈和/或调度第二上行数据传输;The sending module 1101 is further configured to send the second downlink control information in the first search space, where the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule the second uplink data transmission;
其中,第一下行控制信息包括搜索空间指示信息,搜索空间指示信息用于终端设备根据搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间。The first downlink control information includes search space indication information, and the search space indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the first search space according to the search space indication information.
作为一种可选的方式,搜索空间指示信息指示终端设备从多个搜索空间中确定一个搜 索空间为第一搜索空间,其中,多个搜索空间为网络设备通过RRC信令配置的多个搜索空间。As an optional manner, the search space indication information indicates that the terminal device determines one search space from the plurality of search spaces as the first search space, where the multiple search spaces are multiple search spaces configured by the network device through RRC signaling. .
作为一种可选的方式,搜索空间指示信息指示终端设备从多个搜索空间中确定至少一个搜索空间,第一搜索空间为至少一个搜索空间组合而成的搜索空间,其中,多个搜索空间为网络设备通过RRC信令配置的多个搜索空间。In an optional manner, the search space indication information instructs the terminal device to determine at least one search space from the plurality of search spaces, where the first search space is a search space in which at least one search space is combined, where the multiple search spaces are A plurality of search spaces configured by the network device through RRC signaling.
作为一种可选的方式,搜索空间指示信息用于指示第一参数G的值;As an optional manner, the search space indication information is used to indicate the value of the first parameter G;
第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:The starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:
其中,n
f为起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,α
offset=0;
Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, r max is RRC signaling The number of repetitions of the configured maximum physical downlink control channel, α offset =0;
或者,or,
搜索空间指示信息用于指示第二参数α
offset的取值集合;
The search space indication information is used to indicate a set of values of the second parameter α offset ;
第一搜索空间包括取值集合中的每一个取值所对应的搜索空间,每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧满足如下公式:The first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values, and the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value satisfies the following formula:
其中,n
f为起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1;
Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, r max is RRC signaling The number of repetitions of the configured maximum physical downlink control channel, G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, and G is greater than or equal to 1;
或者,or,
搜索空间指示信息用于指示第一参数G的值以及第二参数α
offset的取值集合;
The search space indication information is used to indicate a value of the first parameter G and a set of values of the second parameter α offset ;
第一搜索空间包括取值集合中的每一个取值所对应的搜索空间,每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧满足如下公式:The first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values, and the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value satisfies the following formula:
其中,n
f为第二搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,r
max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数;
Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the second search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,r Max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured for RRC signaling;
或者,or,
搜索空间指示信息用于指示第三参数r
max的值,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1,α
offset=0。
The search space indication information is used to indicate the value of the third parameter r max , and the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,G The parameter configured for RRC signaling, G is greater than or equal to 1, and α offset =0.
或者,or,
搜索空间指示信息用于指示第一参数G的值和第三参数r
max的值,第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号, T=r
max·G,α
offset=0。
The search space indication information is used to indicate the value of the first parameter G and the value of the third parameter r max , and the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G,α Offset =0.
或者,or,
搜索空间指示信息用于指示第二参数α
offset的取值集合和第三参数r
max的值,第一搜索空间包括α
offset的取值集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1。
The search space indication information is used to indicate a value set of the second parameter α offset and a value of the third parameter r max , where the first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the value set of the α offset , and each value is used. The starting subframe of the corresponding search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, G is the RRC signaling configuration The parameter, G is greater than or equal to 1.
或者,or,
搜索空间指示信息用于指示第一参数G的值,第二参数α
offset的取值集合和第三参数r
max的值,第一搜索空间包括α
offset的取值集合中每一个取值对应的搜索空间,每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:
其中,n
f为起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n
s为起始子帧包括的时隙在无线帧中的时隙号,T=r
max·G。
The search space indication information is used to indicate the value of the first parameter G, the value set of the second parameter α offset and the value of the third parameter r max , and the first search space includes each value corresponding to the value set of the α offset The search space, the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value is a subframe that satisfies the following formula: Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the starting subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the starting subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G.
应理解,上述图11对应网络设备中各个模块所执行的流程与前述图7对应方法实施例中网络设备执行的流程类似,具体此次不再赘述。It should be understood that the process performed by the network module in the above-mentioned FIG. 11 is similar to the process performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
本申请实施例中,网络设备可以通过DCI动态指示搜索空间,从而使得搜索空间可以适应重复次数信息的动态变化,在PUSCH的重复次数相对较小时,提前结束重复,避免资源浪费;在重复次数相对较大时,避免UE频繁的盲检测,节省资源。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device can dynamically indicate the search space by using the DCI, so that the search space can adapt to the dynamic change of the repetition number information. When the number of repetitions of the PUSCH is relatively small, the repetition is terminated in advance to avoid waste of resources; When it is large, it avoids frequent blind detection by the UE and saves resources.
前述各设备中的发送模块可以是发送设备,接收模块可以是接收设备,处理单元可以是处理器。The sending module in each of the foregoing devices may be a transmitting device, the receiving module may be a receiving device, and the processing unit may be a processor.
其次,本申请实施例提供了多种确定第一搜索空间的方式,提高了方案的灵活性。Secondly, the embodiment of the present application provides various ways to determine the first search space, which improves the flexibility of the solution.
上面从功能模块的角度介绍了本申请中的通信设备和网络设备,下面从实体硬件的角度对本申请中的通信设备进行介绍,该通信设备可以为包括手机、平板电脑、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、销售终端(point of sales,POS)、车载电脑等任意终端设备,以通信设备为手机为例:The communication device and the network device in the present application are introduced from the perspective of the function module. The communication device in the present application is introduced from the perspective of the physical hardware. The communication device may include a mobile phone, a tablet computer, and a personal digital assistant (personal digital). Assistant, PDA), point of sales (POS), car computer and other terminal devices, taking communication devices as mobile phones as an example:
图12示出的是与本发明实施例提供的通信设备相关的手机的部分结构的框图。参考图12,手机包括:射频(radio frequency,RF)电路1210、存储器1220、输入单元1230、显示单元1240、传感器1250、音频电路1260、无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)模块1270、处理器1280、以及电源1290等部件。本领域技术人员可以理解,图12中示出的手机结构并不构成对手机的限定,可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。FIG. 12 is a block diagram showing a partial structure of a mobile phone related to a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 12, the mobile phone includes: a radio frequency (RF) circuit 1210, a memory 1220, an input unit 1230, a display unit 1240, a sensor 1250, an audio circuit 1260, a wireless fidelity (WiFi) module 1270, and a processor 1280. And power supply 1290 and other components. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the structure of the handset shown in FIG. 12 does not constitute a limitation to the handset, and may include more or less components than those illustrated, or some components may be combined, or different component arrangements.
处理器1280是手机的控制中心,利用各种接口和线路连接整个手机的各个部分,通过运行或执行存储在存储器1220内的软件程序和/或模块,以及调用存储在存储器1220内的数据,使得手机执行如上述图4或图7所示实施例中终端设备所执行的流程。The processor 1280 is a control center for the handset that connects various portions of the entire handset with various interfaces and lines, by running or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 1220, and recalling data stored in the memory 1220. The mobile phone performs the flow performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 or FIG. 7 above.
下面从实体硬件的角度对本申请中的网络设备进行介绍,该网络设备可以基站或其他网络侧用于发送后接收信号的实体,下面以基站为例进行介绍。The network device in this application is introduced from the perspective of the physical hardware. The network device can be used by the base station or other network to send the received signal. The following takes the base station as an example.
图13是本发明实施例提供的一种基站结构示意图,该基站1300可因配置或性能不同 而产生比较大的差异。基站1300可以包括一个或一个以上中央处理器(central processing units,CPU)1322(例如,一个或一个以上处理器)和存储器1332,一个或一个以上存储应用程序1342或数据1344的存储介质1330(例如一个或一个以上海量存储设备)。其中,存储器1332和存储介质1330可以是短暂存储或持久存储。存储在存储介质1330的程序可以包括一个或一个以上模块(图示没标出),每个模块可以包括对基站中的一系列指令操作。更进一步地,中央处理器1322可以设置为与存储介质1330通信,在基站1300上执行存储介质1330中的一系列指令操作。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention. The base station 1300 may generate a large difference due to different configurations or performances. Base station 1300 can include one or more central processing units (CPUs) 1322 (eg, one or more processors) and memory 1332, one or more storage media 1330 that store application 1342 or data 1344 (eg, One or one storage device in Shanghai). Among them, the memory 1332 and the storage medium 1330 may be short-term storage or persistent storage. The program stored on storage medium 1330 may include one or more modules (not shown), each of which may include a series of instruction operations in the base station. Still further, the central processor 1322 can be configured to communicate with the storage medium 1330 to perform a series of instruction operations in the storage medium 1330 on the base station 1300.
上述图4或图7所示实施例中由网络设备所执行的步骤可以基于图13所示的基站结构。本申请实施例还提供了计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质用于储存为上述网络设备或通信设备所用的计算机软件指令,其包括用于执行为上述网络设备或终端设备所设计的程序。The steps performed by the network device in the above-described embodiment shown in FIG. 4 or FIG. 7 may be based on the base station structure shown in FIG. The embodiment of the present application further provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions for the network device or the communication device, which includes a program for executing the network device or the terminal device.
本申请实施例还提供了计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括计算机软件指令,该计算机软件指令可通过处理器进行加载来实现上述图4或图7数据传输方法中网络设备或终端设备执行的流程。The embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, where the computer program product includes computer software instructions, which can be loaded by a processor to implement the process executed by the network device or the terminal device in the data transmission method of FIG. 4 or FIG. 7 above. .
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本发明实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存储的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘solid state disk(SSD))等。The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in accordance with embodiments of the present invention are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transfer to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be stored by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (eg, a solid state disk (SSD)) or the like.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统,装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统,装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The integrated unit, if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present application, in essence or the contribution to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium. A number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program code. .
以上所述,以上实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的精神和范围。The above embodiments are only used to explain the technical solutions of the present application, and are not limited thereto; although the present application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those skilled in the art should understand that they can still The technical solutions described in the embodiments are modified, or the equivalents of the technical features are replaced by the equivalents. The modifications and substitutions of the embodiments do not depart from the spirit and scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
Claims (36)
- 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A data transmission method, comprising:终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一下行控制信息,所述第一下行控制信息用于调度第一上行数据传输,所述第一下行控制信息包括物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息;The terminal device receives the first downlink control information that is sent by the network device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink data transmission, where the first downlink control information includes the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel;所述终端设备根据所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息,确定第一搜索空间;Determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel;所述终端设备在所述第一搜索空间中检测第二下行控制信息,所述第二下行控制信息用于对所述第一上行数据进行反馈和/或调度第二上行数据传输。The terminal device detects second downlink control information in the first search space, where the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule a second uplink data transmission.
- 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息指示所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数;The method according to claim 1, wherein the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel indicates the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel;所述终端设备根据所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息确定第一搜索空间,包括:Determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel, including:所述终端设备根据所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r max·G的比值,确定所述第一搜索空间;其中,r max为无线资源控制RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1。 Determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to a ratio of a repetition quantity of the physical uplink shared channel to a ratio of r max · G; where r max is a repetition of a maximum physical downlink control channel configured by radio resource control RRC signaling The number of times, G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, and G is greater than or equal to 1.
- 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 2 wherein:所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:The starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,α offset=0; Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T= r max ·G,α offset =0;若所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,所述β=1;若所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r max·G的比值小于第一门限值,所述0<β<1。 If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is less than The first threshold value, the value of 0 < β < 1.
- 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:The method according to claim 2, wherein the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G; Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T= r max ·G;若所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,所述α offset=0;若所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r max·G的比值小于第一门限值,所述α offset={0,u 1,u 2...u n},其中n≥1,0<u i<1,所述i为大于或等于1且小于或等于n的整数。 If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the α offset =0; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G Less than the first threshold value, the α offset = {0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n }, where n ≥ 1 , 0 < u i < 1, the i is greater than or equal to 1 and less than or An integer equal to n.
- 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that所述第一搜索空间不包括与第二搜索空间在时域上重叠的部分,所述第二搜索空间的起始子帧为满足 的子帧,其中,n f'为所述第二搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s'为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙 号,T=r max·G,r max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1,α offset'=0。 The first search space does not include a portion overlapping with the second search space in the time domain, and the start subframe of the second search space is satisfied a subframe, where n f ' is a frame number of a radio frame in which the start subframe of the second search space is located, and n s ' is a slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame The slot number, T=r max · G, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, and G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, G is greater than or equal to 1, and α offset '=0.
- 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A data transmission method, comprising:终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一下行控制信息,所述第一下行控制信息用于调度第一上行数据传输,所述第一下行控制信息包括搜索空间指示信息,所述搜索空间指示信息用于确定第一搜索空间;The terminal device receives the first downlink control information that is sent by the network device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink data transmission, and the first downlink control information includes the search space indication information, where the search space indicates Information is used to determine the first search space;所述终端设备根据所述搜索空间指示信息,确定第一搜索空间;Determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information;所述终端设备在所述第一搜索空间中检测第二下行控制信息,所述第二下行控制信息用于对所述第一上行数据进行反馈和/或调度第二上行数据传输。The terminal device detects second downlink control information in the first search space, where the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule a second uplink data transmission.
- 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间,包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information comprises:所述终端设备根据所述搜索空间指示信息,确定多个搜索空间中的一个搜索空间为所述第一搜索空间,其中,所述多个搜索空间为所述终端设备根据RRC信令确定的。The terminal device determines, according to the search space indication information, that one of the plurality of search spaces is the first search space, where the multiple search spaces are determined by the terminal device according to RRC signaling.
- 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述搜索空间指示识信息确定第一搜索空间,包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information comprises:所述终端设备根据所述搜索空间指示信息,确定多个搜索空间中的至少一个搜索空间,所述第一搜索空间为所述至少一个搜索空间组合而成的搜索空间,其中,所述多个搜索空间为所述用户设备根据RRC信令确定的。The terminal device determines, according to the search space indication information, at least one search space in a plurality of search spaces, where the first search space is a search space in which the at least one search space is combined, where the multiple The search space is determined by the user equipment according to RRC signaling.
- 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述搜索空间指示信息确定第一搜索空间,包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein the determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the search space indication information comprises:所述终端设备根据所述搜索空间指示信息确定第一参数G的值;Determining, by the terminal device, a value of the first parameter G according to the search space indication information;所述终端设备根据所述第一参数G的值确定所述第一搜索空间,所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:The terminal device determines the first search space according to the value of the first parameter G, where a starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,r max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,α offset=0; Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T= r max · G, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, α offset =0;或者,or,所述终端设备根据所述搜索空间指示信息确定第二参数α offset的取值集合; Determining, by the terminal device, a value set of the second parameter α offset according to the search space indication information;所述终端设备根据所述取值集合确定所述第一搜索空间,所述第一搜索空间包括所述取值集合中的每一个取值所对应的搜索空间,所述每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧满足如下公式:Determining, by the terminal device, the first search space according to the set of values, where the first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values, where each value corresponds to The starting subframe of the search space satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为所述起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,r max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数, G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1; Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the time slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, and G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, and G is greater than or equal to 1;或者,or,所述终端设备根据所述搜索空间指示信息确定第一参数G的值以及第二参数α offset的取值集合; Determining, by the terminal device, the value of the first parameter G and the value set of the second parameter α offset according to the search space indication information;所述终端设备根据所述G的值以及所述取值集合确的所述第一搜索空间,所述第一搜索空间包括所述取值集合中的每一个取值所对应的搜索空间,所述每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧满足如下公式:The first search space includes the search space corresponding to each value in the set of values according to the value of the G and the first search space determined by the set of values. The starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为所述第二搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,r max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数。 Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the second search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T= r max · G, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling.
- 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A data transmission method, comprising:网络设备向终端设备发送第一下行控制信息,所述第一下行控制信息用于调度第一上行数据传输,所述第一下行控制信息包括物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息;The network device sends the first downlink control information to the terminal device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink data transmission, where the first downlink control information includes the repetition number information of the physical uplink shared channel;所述网络设备确定第一搜索空间,所述第一搜索空间与所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息对应;Determining, by the network device, a first search space, where the first search space corresponds to a repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel;所述网络设备在所述第一搜索空间中发送第二下行控制信息,所述第二下行控制信息用于对所述第一上行数据进行反馈和/或调度第二上行数据传输。The network device sends the second downlink control information in the first search space, where the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule the second uplink data transmission.
- 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息指示所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数;The method according to claim 10, wherein the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel indicates the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel;所述第一搜索空间与所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息对应,包括:The first search space corresponds to the number of times of repetition of the physical uplink shared channel, and includes:所述重复次数与r max·G的比值与所述第一搜索空间对应;其中,r max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1。 The ratio of the number of repetitions to the ratio of r max ·G corresponds to the first search space; where r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, and G is greater than Or equal to 1.
- 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 11 wherein所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:The starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,α offset=0; Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T= r max ·G,α offset =0;若所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,所述β=1;若所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r max·G的比值小于第一门限值,所述0<β<1。 If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is less than The first threshold value, the value of 0 < β < 1.
- 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 11 wherein所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:The starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的 时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G; Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G;若所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,所述α offset=0;若所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r max·G的比值小于第一门限值,所述α offset={0,u 1,u 2...u n},其中n≥1,0<u i<1,所述i为大于或等于1且小于或等于n的整数。 If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the α offset =0; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G Less than the first threshold value, the α offset = {0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n }, where n ≥ 1 , 0 < u i < 1, the i is greater than or equal to 1 and less than or An integer equal to n.
- 根据权利要求10至13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一搜索空间不包括与第二搜索空间在时域上重叠的部分,所述第二搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 13, wherein the first search space does not include a portion overlapping with a second search space in a time domain, and a start subframe of the second search space Subframes that satisfy the following formula:其中,n f'为所述第二搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s'为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,r max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1,α offset'=0。 Where n f ' is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the second search space is located, and n s ' is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T = r max · G, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, G is a parameter of RRC signaling configuration, G is greater than or equal to 1, and α offset '=0.
- 一种数据传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A data transmission method, comprising:网络设备向终端设备发送第一下行控制信息,所述第一下行控制信息用于调度第一上行数据传输;The network device sends the first downlink control information to the terminal device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink data transmission;所述网络设备确定第一搜索空间;The network device determines a first search space;所述网络设备在所述第一搜索空间中发送第二下行控制信息,所述第二下行控制信息用于对所述第一上行数据进行反馈和/或调度第二上行数据传输;The network device sends the second downlink control information in the first search space, where the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule the second uplink data transmission;其中,所述第一下行控制信息包括搜索空间指示信息,所述搜索空间指示信息用于所述终端设备根据所述搜索空间指示信息确定所述第一搜索空间。The first downlink control information includes search space indication information, and the search space indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the first search space according to the search space indication information.
- 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述搜索空间指示信息指示所述终端设备从多个搜索空间中确定一个搜索空间为第一搜索空间,其中,所述多个搜索空间为所述网络设备通过RRC信令配置的多个搜索空间。The method according to claim 15, wherein the search space indication information instructs the terminal device to determine one search space from a plurality of search spaces as a first search space, wherein the plurality of search spaces are A plurality of search spaces configured by the network device through RRC signaling.
- 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述搜索空间指示信息指示所述终端设备从多个搜索空间中确定至少一个搜索空间,所述第一搜索空间为所述至少一个搜索空间组合而成的搜索空间,其中,所述多个搜索空间为所述网络设备通过RRC信令配置的多个搜索空间。The method according to claim 15, wherein the search space indication information instructs the terminal device to determine at least one search space from a plurality of search spaces, the first search space being the at least one search space combination a search space, wherein the plurality of search spaces are a plurality of search spaces configured by the network device through RRC signaling.
- 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述搜索空间指示信息用于指示第一参数G的值;The method according to claim 15, wherein the search space indication information is used to indicate a value of the first parameter G;所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:The starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为所述起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,r max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,α offset=0; Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the time slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, α offset =0;或者,or,所述搜索空间指示信息用于指示第二参数α offset的取值集合; The search space indication information is used to indicate a set of values of the second parameter α offset ;所述第一搜索空间包括所述取值集合中的每一个取值所对应的搜索空间,所述每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧满足如下公式:The first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values, and a starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为所述起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,r max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1; Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the time slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, and G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, and G is greater than or equal to 1;或者,or,所述搜索空间指示信息用于指示第一参数G的值以及第二参数α offset的取值集合; The search space indication information is used to indicate a value of the first parameter G and a value set of the second parameter α offset ;所述第一搜索空间包括所述取值集合中的每一个取值所对应的搜索空间,所述每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧满足如下公式:The first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values, and a starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为所述第二搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,r max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数。 Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the second search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T= r max · G, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling.
- 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:处理模块,接收模块;A communication device, comprising: a processing module, a receiving module;所述接收模块,用于接收网络设备发送的第一下行控制信息,所述第一下行控制信息用于调度第一上行数据传输,所述第一下行控制信息包括物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息;The receiving module is configured to receive first downlink control information that is sent by the network device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule a first uplink data transmission, where the first downlink control information includes a physical uplink shared channel. Repeat count information;所述处理模块,用于根据所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息,确定第一搜索空间;The processing module is configured to determine, according to the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel, a first search space;所述接收模块,还用于在所述第一搜索空间中检测第二下行控制信息,所述第二下行控制信息用于对所述第一上行数据进行反馈和/或调度第二上行数据传输。The receiving module is further configured to detect second downlink control information in the first search space, where the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule a second uplink data transmission. .
- 根据权利要求19所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息指示所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数;The communication device according to claim 19, wherein the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel indicates the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel;所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r max·G的比值,确定所述第一搜索空间;其中,r max为无线资源控制RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1。 The processing module is specifically configured to determine the first search space according to a ratio of a repetition quantity of the physical uplink shared channel to a ratio of r max · G, where r max is a maximum physical downlink configured by radio resource control RRC signaling The number of repetitions of the control channel, G is a parameter of RRC signaling configuration, and G is greater than or equal to 1.
- 根据权利要求20所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:The communication device according to claim 20, wherein the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,α offset=0; Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T= r max ·G,α offset =0;若所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,所述β=1;若所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r max·G的比值小于第一门限值,所述0<β<1。 If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is less than The first threshold value, the value of 0 < β < 1.
- 根据权利要求20所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧为 满足如下公式的子帧:The communication device according to claim 20, wherein the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G; Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T= r max ·G;若所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,所述α offset=0;若所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r max·G的比值小于第一门限值,所述α offset={0,u 1,u 2...u n},其中n≥1,0<u i<1,所述i为大于或等于1且小于或等于n的整数。 If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the α offset =0; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G Less than the first threshold value, the α offset = {0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n }, where n ≥ 1 , 0 < u i < 1, the i is greater than or equal to 1 and less than or An integer equal to n.
- 根据权利要求19至22中任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一搜索空间不包括与第二搜索空间在时域上重叠的部分,所述第二搜索空间的起始子帧为满足 的子帧,其中,n f'为所述第二搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s'为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,r max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1,α offset'=0。 The communication device according to any one of claims 19 to 22, wherein the first search space does not include a portion overlapping the second search space in the time domain, and the start of the second search space Subframe is satisfied a subframe, where n f ' is a frame number of a radio frame in which the start subframe of the second search space is located, and n s ' is a slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame The slot number, T=r max · G, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, and G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, G is greater than or equal to 1, and α offset '=0.
- 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:处理模块,接收模块;A communication device, comprising: a processing module, a receiving module;所述接收模块,用于接收网络设备发送的第一下行控制信息,所述第一下行控制信息用于调度第一上行数据传输,所述第一下行控制信息包括搜索空间指示信息,所述搜索空间指示信息用于确定第一搜索空间;The receiving module is configured to receive first downlink control information that is sent by the network device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule a first uplink data transmission, where the first downlink control information includes search space indication information, The search space indication information is used to determine a first search space;所述处理模块,用于根据所述搜索空间指示信息,确定第一搜索空间;The processing module is configured to determine a first search space according to the search space indication information;所述接收模块,还用于在所述第一搜索空间中检测第二下行控制信息,所述第二下行控制信息用于对所述第一上行数据进行反馈和/或调度第二上行数据传输。The receiving module is further configured to detect second downlink control information in the first search space, where the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule a second uplink data transmission. .
- 根据权利要求24所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A communication device according to claim 24, wherein所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述搜索空间指示信息,确定多个搜索空间中的一个搜索空间为所述第一搜索空间,其中,所述多个搜索空间为所述通信设备根据RRC信令确定的。The processing module is specifically configured to determine, according to the search space indication information, that one of the plurality of search spaces is the first search space, where the multiple search spaces are the RRC Make sure.
- 根据权利要求24所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A communication device according to claim 24, wherein所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述搜索空间指示信息,确定多个搜索空间中的至少一个搜索空间,所述第一搜索空间为所述至少一个搜索空间组合而成的搜索空间,其中,所述多个搜索空间为所述用户设备根据RRC信令确定的。The processing module is configured to determine, according to the search space indication information, at least one search space in a plurality of search spaces, where the first search space is a search space in which the at least one search space is combined, where The plurality of search spaces are determined by the user equipment according to RRC signaling.
- 根据权利要求24所述的通信设备,其特征在于,A communication device according to claim 24, wherein所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述搜索空间指示信息确定第一参数G的值,并根据所述第一参数G的值确定所述第一搜索空间,所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:The processing module is configured to determine a value of the first parameter G according to the search space indication information, and determine, according to the value of the first parameter G, the first search space, where the first search space starts. A subframe is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,r max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,α offset=0; Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T= r max · G, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, α offset =0;或者,or,所述处理模块,具体用于根据所述搜索空间指示信息确定第二参数α offset的取值集合,并根据所述取值集合确定所述第一搜索空间,所述第一搜索空间包括所述取值集合中的每一个取值所对应的搜索空间,所述每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧满足如下公式: The processing module is configured to determine a value set of the second parameter α offset according to the search space indication information, and determine the first search space according to the value set, where the first search space includes the A search space corresponding to each value in the set of values, where the starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为所述起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,r max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1; Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the time slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, and G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, and G is greater than or equal to 1;或者,or,所述处理模块,具体用于所述搜索空间指示信息确定第一参数G的值以及第二参数α offset的取值集合,并根据所述G的值以及所述取值集合确的所述第一搜索空间,所述第一搜索空间包括所述取值集合中的每一个取值所对应的搜索空间,所述每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧满足如下公式: The processing module is specifically configured to determine, by the search space indication information, a value of the first parameter G and a value set of the second parameter α offset , and determine the first according to the value of the G and the value set. a search space, the first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values, and a starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为所述第二搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,r max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数。 Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the second search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T= r max · G, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling.
- 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:处理模块,发送模块;A network device, comprising: a processing module, a sending module;所述发送模块,用于向终端设备发送第一下行控制信息,所述第一下行控制信息用于调度第一上行数据传输,所述第一下行控制信息包括物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息;The sending module is configured to send, to the terminal device, first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule a first uplink data transmission, where the first downlink control information includes a repetition of a physical uplink shared channel. Number of times所述处理模块,用于确定第一搜索空间,所述第一搜索空间与所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息对应;The processing module is configured to determine a first search space, where the first search space corresponds to the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel;所述发送模块,还用于在所述第一搜索空间中发送第二下行控制信息,所述第二下行控制信息用于对所述第一上行数据进行反馈和/或调度第二上行数据传输。The sending module is further configured to send, in the first search space, second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule a second uplink data transmission. .
- 根据权利要求28所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息指示所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数;The network device according to claim 28, wherein the repetition quantity information of the physical uplink shared channel indicates the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel;所述第一搜索空间与所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数信息对应,包括:The first search space corresponds to the number of times of repetition of the physical uplink shared channel, and includes:所述重复次数与r max·G的比值与所述第一搜索空间对应;其中,r max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1。 The ratio of the number of repetitions to the ratio of r max ·G corresponds to the first search space; where r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, and G is greater than Or equal to 1.
- 根据权利要求29所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:The network device according to claim 29, wherein the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,α offset=0; Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T= r max ·G,α offset =0;若所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,所述β=1;若所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r max·G的比值小于第一门限值,所述0<β<1。 If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the β=1; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is less than The first threshold value, the value of 0 < β < 1.
- 根据权利要求29所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:The network device according to claim 29, wherein the starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为第一搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G; Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the first search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G;若所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r max·G的比值大于或等于第一门限值,所述α offset=0;若所述物理上行共享信道的重复次数与r max·G的比值小于第一门限值,所述α offset={0,u 1,u 2...u n},其中n≥1,0<u i<1,所述i为大于或等于1且小于或等于n的整数。 If the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G is greater than or equal to the first threshold, the α offset =0; if the ratio of the number of repetitions of the physical uplink shared channel to r max · G Less than the first threshold value, the α offset = {0, u 1 , u 2 ... u n }, where n ≥ 1 , 0 < u i < 1, the i is greater than or equal to 1 and less than or An integer equal to n.
- 根据权利要求29至31任一项所述的网络设备,其特征在于,A network device according to any one of claims 29 to 31, characterized in that所述第一搜索空间不包括与第二搜索空间在时域上重叠的部分,所述第二搜索空间的起始子帧为满足 的子帧,其中,n f'为所述第二搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s'为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,r max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1,α offset'=0。 The first search space does not include a portion overlapping with the second search space in the time domain, and the start subframe of the second search space is satisfied a subframe, where n f ' is a frame number of a radio frame in which the start subframe of the second search space is located, and n s ' is a slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame The slot number, T=r max · G, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, and G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, G is greater than or equal to 1, and α offset '=0.
- 一种网络设备,其特征在于,包括:处理模块,发送模块;A network device, comprising: a processing module, a sending module;所述发送模块,用于向终端设备发送第一下行控制信息,所述第一下行控制信息用于调度第一上行数据传输;The sending module is configured to send first downlink control information to the terminal device, where the first downlink control information is used to schedule the first uplink data transmission;所述处理模块,用于确定第一搜索空间;The processing module is configured to determine a first search space;所述发送模块,还用于在所述第一搜索空间中发送第二下行控制信息,所述第二下行控制信息用于对所述第一上行数据进行反馈和/或调度第二上行数据传输;The sending module is further configured to send, in the first search space, second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used to feed back the first uplink data and/or schedule a second uplink data transmission. ;其中,所述第一下行控制信息包括搜索空间指示信息,所述搜索空间指示信息用于所述终端设备根据所述搜索空间指示信息确定所述第一搜索空间。The first downlink control information includes search space indication information, and the search space indication information is used by the terminal device to determine the first search space according to the search space indication information.
- 根据权利要求33所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述搜索空间指示信息指示所述终端设备从多个搜索空间中确定一个搜索空间为第一搜索空间,其中,所述多个搜索空间为所述网络设备通过RRC信令配置的多个搜索空间。The network device according to claim 33, wherein the search space indication information instructs the terminal device to determine one search space from a plurality of search spaces as a first search space, wherein the plurality of search spaces are The plurality of search spaces configured by the network device by using RRC signaling.
- 根据权利要求33所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述搜索空间指示信息指示所述终端设备从多个搜索空间中确定至少一个搜索空间,所述第一搜索空间为所述至少一个搜索空间组合而成的搜索空间,其中,所述多个搜索空间为所述网络设备通过RRC信令配置 的多个搜索空间。The network device according to claim 33, wherein the search space indication information instructs the terminal device to determine at least one search space from a plurality of search spaces, the first search space being the at least one search space The combined search space, wherein the plurality of search spaces are a plurality of search spaces configured by the network device through RRC signaling.
- 根据权利要求33所述的网络设备,其特征在于,所述搜索空间指示信息用于指示第一参数G的值;The network device according to claim 33, wherein the search space indication information is used to indicate a value of the first parameter G;所述第一搜索空间的起始子帧为满足如下公式的子帧:The starting subframe of the first search space is a subframe that satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为所述起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,r max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,α offset=0; Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the time slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, α offset =0;或者,or,所述搜索空间指示信息用于指示第二参数α offset的取值集合; The search space indication information is used to indicate a set of values of the second parameter α offset ;所述第一搜索空间包括所述取值集合中的每一个取值所对应的搜索空间,所述每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧满足如下公式:The first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values, and a starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为所述起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,r max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数,G为RRC信令配置的参数,G大于或等于1; Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe is located, and n s is the slot number of the time slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T=r max ·G, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling, and G is a parameter configured by RRC signaling, and G is greater than or equal to 1;或者,or,所述搜索空间指示信息用于指示第一参数G的值以及第二参数α offset的取值集合; The search space indication information is used to indicate a value of the first parameter G and a value set of the second parameter α offset ;所述第一搜索空间包括所述取值集合中的每一个取值所对应的搜索空间,所述每个取值所对应的搜索空间的起始子帧满足如下公式:The first search space includes a search space corresponding to each value in the set of values, and a starting subframe of the search space corresponding to each value satisfies the following formula:其中,n f为所述第二搜索空间的起始子帧所在的无线帧的帧号,n s为所述起始子帧包括的时隙在所述无线帧中的时隙号,T=r max·G,r max为RRC信令配置的最大物理下行控制信道的重复次数。 Where n f is the frame number of the radio frame in which the start subframe of the second search space is located, and n s is the slot number of the slot included in the start subframe in the radio frame, T= r max · G, r max is the number of repetitions of the maximum physical downlink control channel configured by RRC signaling.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN201880075789.3A CN111418250B (en) | 2018-01-25 | 2018-01-25 | Data transmission method and related device |
PCT/CN2018/074155 WO2019144345A1 (en) | 2018-01-25 | 2018-01-25 | Data transmission method and related apparatus |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2018/074155 WO2019144345A1 (en) | 2018-01-25 | 2018-01-25 | Data transmission method and related apparatus |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2019144345A1 true WO2019144345A1 (en) | 2019-08-01 |
Family
ID=67395235
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/CN2018/074155 WO2019144345A1 (en) | 2018-01-25 | 2018-01-25 | Data transmission method and related apparatus |
Country Status (2)
Country | Link |
---|---|
CN (1) | CN111418250B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2019144345A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN112994836A (en) * | 2019-12-13 | 2021-06-18 | 深圳市中兴微电子技术有限公司 | Detection method, device, terminal and storage medium |
CN113939036A (en) * | 2020-06-29 | 2022-01-14 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Channel monitoring and transmission method, terminal and network side equipment |
Families Citing this family (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN114070531B (en) * | 2020-08-07 | 2023-08-22 | 展讯通信(上海)有限公司 | PDCCH repeated configuration determining method and related products |
CN114614875B (en) * | 2020-12-07 | 2023-01-10 | 展讯半导体(南京)有限公司 | Method and device for determining repeated transmission times, terminal and network equipment |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN102754476A (en) * | 2010-04-06 | 2012-10-24 | 上海贝尔股份有限公司 | Uplink transmission method and system for PUCS |
WO2017050499A1 (en) * | 2015-09-25 | 2017-03-30 | Sony Corporation | Wireless telecommunications |
CN106911999A (en) * | 2015-12-23 | 2017-06-30 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | The determination method and device of search space in narrowband systems |
Family Cites Families (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2017160335A1 (en) * | 2016-03-15 | 2017-09-21 | Intel IP Corporation | Discontinuous downlink transmissions for machine type communications |
-
2018
- 2018-01-25 CN CN201880075789.3A patent/CN111418250B/en active Active
- 2018-01-25 WO PCT/CN2018/074155 patent/WO2019144345A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN102754476A (en) * | 2010-04-06 | 2012-10-24 | 上海贝尔股份有限公司 | Uplink transmission method and system for PUCS |
WO2017050499A1 (en) * | 2015-09-25 | 2017-03-30 | Sony Corporation | Wireless telecommunications |
CN106911999A (en) * | 2015-12-23 | 2017-06-30 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | The determination method and device of search space in narrowband systems |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN112994836A (en) * | 2019-12-13 | 2021-06-18 | 深圳市中兴微电子技术有限公司 | Detection method, device, terminal and storage medium |
CN112994836B (en) * | 2019-12-13 | 2023-10-03 | 深圳市中兴微电子技术有限公司 | Detection method, detection device, terminal and storage medium |
US12052096B2 (en) | 2019-12-13 | 2024-07-30 | Sanechips Technology Co., Ltd | Downlink control information detection method and apparatus |
CN113939036A (en) * | 2020-06-29 | 2022-01-14 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Channel monitoring and transmission method, terminal and network side equipment |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN111418250B (en) | 2022-12-06 |
CN111418250A (en) | 2020-07-14 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11082963B2 (en) | Method, terminal device and network device for transmitting uplink control information | |
JP6702503B2 (en) | Base station, machine type communication device and method | |
CN113574948B (en) | Method and apparatus for multiplexing UCI | |
WO2019029425A1 (en) | Method for information submission and processing, terminal, and network device | |
CN114503761A (en) | Method for multiplexing uplink control information and related equipment | |
KR20220041234A (en) | Coverage enhancement for time division duplex and enhanced interference mitigation and traffic adaptation in long term evolution systems | |
WO2019144345A1 (en) | Data transmission method and related apparatus | |
EP3930406A1 (en) | Method and network device for transmitting data | |
TWI829760B (en) | Communication method and device for sidelink | |
US10999801B2 (en) | Discontinuous reception timer operation for changed TTI length | |
WO2015070811A1 (en) | Data transmission method, base station and user equipment | |
TWI717461B (en) | Method and device for transmitting uplink information on unlicensed carrier | |
WO2016165131A1 (en) | Information feeback method, device, and system | |
WO2021062609A1 (en) | Communication method and communication apparatus | |
CN114531938A (en) | UL with repeated configurations | |
WO2017113206A1 (en) | Data communication method, terminal device, and network device | |
US11330615B2 (en) | Wireless communication method, terminal device and transmitting and receiving nodes | |
CN107294663A (en) | HARQ feedback method, device and the method for reseptance of uplink | |
WO2022083782A1 (en) | Transmitting hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement in next generation networks | |
WO2021000239A1 (en) | Wireless communication method, network device and terminal device | |
WO2019185055A1 (en) | Wireless resource scheduling | |
WO2017024467A1 (en) | Wireless communication method, network device, and terminal device | |
WO2020103028A1 (en) | Data transmission method, and terminal device | |
US20220015147A1 (en) | Control information transmission method and apparatus | |
WO2020164392A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 18902012 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 18902012 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |